<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Valeryf</id>
	<title>MoodleDocs - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Valeryf"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/Special:Contributions/Valeryf"/>
	<updated>2026-05-15T04:44:18Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.5</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Customlabel_module_(Course_elements)&amp;diff=108118</id>
		<title>Customlabel module (Course elements)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Customlabel_module_(Course_elements)&amp;diff=108118"/>
		<updated>2015-03-01T09:43:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This plugin is documented on the [[https://docs.moodle.org/26/en/Customlabel_module_(Course_elements) | Moodle 2.6 documentation]] site :&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Page_Course_Format&amp;diff=107921</id>
		<title>Page Course Format</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Page_Course_Format&amp;diff=107921"/>
		<updated>2014-06-28T16:47:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* A bit of history */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[Doc in progress]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This course format is the straight forward migration of the original Flexpage format to moodle 2, keeping all architecture concepts, datamodel, GUI principles while adding a lot of functionnal enhancements collected from several integration projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A bit of history== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the origin Flexpage format was ordered by Intel(r) to MoodleRooms for the Intel Teach Essentials Online (tm)&lt;br /&gt;
project in 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flexpage format has then been published as GPL code, and reused by Intel(tm) on the Teach Advanced&lt;br /&gt;
Online(tm) (TAO) project with help of Catalyst, and at the same time derivated to the Pairform@nce project in France for Ministry of Education&lt;br /&gt;
by [http://www.mylearningfactory.com| MyLearningFactory] experts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Intel(tm) hired teams collaborated closely at launch of the TAO project, for adapting this flexpage format&lt;br /&gt;
to several requirements. Flexpage from Pairform@nce has then been reused in many institutional medium and big size projects,&lt;br /&gt;
that needed a technologic continuity to 2.x version because having a lot of flexpage content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately, MoodleRooms decided to disrupt the technical track, changing the whole architecture of flexpage to something&lt;br /&gt;
that appeared very different thinking from the original, and with a structural impossibility to upgrade old content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Funded on several project tracks that was needing such upgradability of their content, [http://www.mylearningfactory.com| MyLearningFactory] lauched the project&lt;br /&gt;
to rebuild a full moodle 2 version of this format, while integrating and publishing all the functional enhancements that were &lt;br /&gt;
added in the meanwhile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New additional components (blocks) where designed to work with this format, and some versions of well-known contibutions have been&lt;br /&gt;
reworked to be compatible with some of the features (f.e. Checklist reworked as LearningTimeCheck / MyLearnignFactory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Page Course Format Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage pages of contents in the course&lt;br /&gt;
* Let a complete flexible layout (block and ativites) in three columns&lt;br /&gt;
* Reuse activities on several pages from an &amp;quot;activity bag&amp;quot; managed independantly from pages&lt;br /&gt;
* Allow per page layout tuning for column width and feeding&lt;br /&gt;
* Page management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New added features===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page copy: allows cloning a fully equiped page, copying activity references, and cloning blocks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Page full copy: allows fully clonong a page, by creating new module activity instances and blocks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Page quick reorder: integrating a DHTMLX tree to drag and drop reorder the pages&lt;br /&gt;
* Move one item quickly in the page: mark and replace elements in any column at any position.&lt;br /&gt;
* Page templating: let some course pages be defined as site-wide template for reusing when creating a new page in a course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be set really public (no login)&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be set published to teacher (though published)&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be published to connected students (this was the actual use case).&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be given to named students (individualiation by page)&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be given access to some groups&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page override: A page can be now completely overriden by an activity. (Usually this will need some customscripting of some main activity view.php script in order to add multipage navigation in activities).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Conditional page: A page can be accessible ONLY if some activity has been completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Discussion side page: Alike a wiki, we added a side discussion page for helping teacher and author team to comment and discuss about a pcourse page design&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fine grain individualisation: As everything that is published on pages is proxied by a Page Module block instance, we added an experimental fine grain individualization feature that let choosing &amp;quot;per student&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;per page item&amp;quot; the composition of the course for each student individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Current sticky page: Depending on a capability, the currently visited page is stored in user profile so he will come back to that page when comming back to that course. People who DO NOT have this capability allowed will start on the first accessible page in the hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Page Course Format components==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Course page format (format_page) itself&lt;br /&gt;
* Page module block: a mandatory block that proxies activiy modules and blocks as page items for the pages&lt;br /&gt;
* Page tracker: An accessory block that provides a &amp;quot;learning station&amp;quot; simple menu with links to pages and visit markers&lt;br /&gt;
* Pagemenu module: A local flexible navigation menu that aggegates page structures and external links or links to activities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Installation will need several operations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Course format installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deploy the format package into your moodle installation in the directory course/format as course/format/page&lt;br /&gt;
The format package contains resources to use as customscripts for course index replacement and some other core pages&lt;br /&gt;
replacements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Setting up theme additions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of renegociating many parts of the page layout, you need to integrate page specific additions into your&lt;br /&gt;
active themes. These are : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* additional page layout mappings in the theme config&lt;br /&gt;
* aditional layout php scripts in the theme/layout directory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get full instructions in the Readme file of the theme_page package. Note that this package IS NOT a directly usable&lt;br /&gt;
theme, although installs properly into your Moodle, but provides resources to alter other activate themes adding page feature additions. Consider it as a source code template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Essential steps to follow are : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# copy page.php layout into your theme.&lt;br /&gt;
# add the following page mappings to the config.php file of your theme&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    &#039;format_page&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;file&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;page.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;regions&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;side-pre&#039;, &#039;main&#039;, &#039;side-post&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;defaultregion&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;side-post&#039;, // avoid putting in main, or standard course will fail showing the new block menu &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;options&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;langmenu&#039; =&amp;gt; true)&lt;br /&gt;
    ),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    &#039;format_page_action&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;file&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;page.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;regions&#039; =&amp;gt; array(),&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;options&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;langmenu&#039; =&amp;gt; true, &#039;noblocks&#039; =&amp;gt; true),&lt;br /&gt;
    ),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Probably the best way to integrate it is using the &amp;quot;base&amp;quot; course format, that applies to all other formats, but often header and footer sections have been redrawn for each theme. So it will be more convenient to copy the page.php file into each used theme, and reshape header and footer sections to what your theme needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Other theme discrepancies====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We noticed that base theme of moodle forces standard header to be float:left without real use. This cause an issue of postionning to our &amp;quot;page editing tool&amp;quot; widget (may roll over important controls in the page header). Override this rule in your theme to float:none.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
this can be done in the pagelayout.css file in theme/base/style&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   #page-header{float:&#039;none&#039;;width:100%)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Customscripts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some customscripts are necessary to deroute some execution from core hard choices. The course index needs alteration&lt;br /&gt;
to choose the appropriate page layout &amp;quot;page&amp;quot;, when appropriate, and also derivate the standard block manager to a specially&lt;br /&gt;
designed page_block_manager when required. If this step is not executed, the course format will not work properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Activate custom scripts in your main configuration file &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $CFG-&amp;gt;customscripts = &#039;path/to/script/root&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Copy the content of the __goodies/customscript/&amp;lt;version&amp;gt; folder of the page format distribution into that location. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The customscript pages have been packaged on the Moodle 2.4 version. Page specific changes have been marked. If you plan&lt;br /&gt;
to use the page format on other moodle versions, maybe some light adaptations have to be done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Installing other components===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DO NOT forget installing the Page Module block wich is mandatory for the page format to work correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Patchs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We worked a lot to avoid any core patch to be added to the solution, reworking the 1.9 version and seeking how to eliminate them one by one. We could get rid of all of them but one, that blocks the whiziwhig editor when editing page format block settings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screens==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Course content page&lt;br /&gt;
* Page settings&lt;br /&gt;
* Page management list&lt;br /&gt;
* Page reordering screen&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access assignation screen&lt;br /&gt;
* Activity pool management&lt;br /&gt;
* Page side discussion page&lt;br /&gt;
* Individualisation board&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Page format brings his own capabilities to control which role can perform some actions :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:editpages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:viewhiddenpages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:addpages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:storecurrentpage&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:managepages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:viewpagesettings&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:discuss&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:individualize&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Page_Course_Format&amp;diff=107920</id>
		<title>Page Course Format</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Page_Course_Format&amp;diff=107920"/>
		<updated>2014-06-28T16:47:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* A bit of history */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[Doc in progress]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This course format is the straight forward migration of the original Flexpage format to moodle 2, keeping all architecture concepts, datamodel, GUI principles while adding a lot of functionnal enhancements collected from several integration projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A bit of history== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the origin Flexpage format was ordered by Intel(r) to MoodleRooms for the Intel Teach Essentials Online (tm)&lt;br /&gt;
project in 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flexpage format has then been published as GPL code, and reused by Intel(tm) on the Teach Advanced&lt;br /&gt;
Online(tm) (TAO) project with help of Catalyst, and at the same time derivated to the Pairform@nce project in France for Ministry of Education&lt;br /&gt;
by [http://www.mylearningfactory.com | MyLearningFactory] experts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Intel(tm) hired teams collaborated closely at launch of the TAO project, for adapting this flexpage format&lt;br /&gt;
to several requirements. Flexpage from Pairform@nce has then been reused in many institutional medium and big size projects,&lt;br /&gt;
that needed a technologic continuity to 2.x version because having a lot of flexpage content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately, MoodleRooms decided to disrupt the technical track, changing the whole architecture of flexpage to something&lt;br /&gt;
that appeared very different thinking from the original, and with a structural impossibility to upgrade old content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Funded on several project tracks that was needing such upgradability of their content, [http://www.mylearningfactory.com | MyLearningFactory] lauched the project&lt;br /&gt;
to rebuild a full moodle 2 version of this format, while integrating and publishing all the functional enhancements that were &lt;br /&gt;
added in the meanwhile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New additional components (blocks) where designed to work with this format, and some versions of well-known contibutions have been&lt;br /&gt;
reworked to be compatible with some of the features (f.e. Checklist reworked as LearningTimeCheck / MyLearnignFactory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Page Course Format Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage pages of contents in the course&lt;br /&gt;
* Let a complete flexible layout (block and ativites) in three columns&lt;br /&gt;
* Reuse activities on several pages from an &amp;quot;activity bag&amp;quot; managed independantly from pages&lt;br /&gt;
* Allow per page layout tuning for column width and feeding&lt;br /&gt;
* Page management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New added features===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page copy: allows cloning a fully equiped page, copying activity references, and cloning blocks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Page full copy: allows fully clonong a page, by creating new module activity instances and blocks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Page quick reorder: integrating a DHTMLX tree to drag and drop reorder the pages&lt;br /&gt;
* Move one item quickly in the page: mark and replace elements in any column at any position.&lt;br /&gt;
* Page templating: let some course pages be defined as site-wide template for reusing when creating a new page in a course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be set really public (no login)&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be set published to teacher (though published)&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be published to connected students (this was the actual use case).&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be given to named students (individualiation by page)&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be given access to some groups&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page override: A page can be now completely overriden by an activity. (Usually this will need some customscripting of some main activity view.php script in order to add multipage navigation in activities).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Conditional page: A page can be accessible ONLY if some activity has been completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Discussion side page: Alike a wiki, we added a side discussion page for helping teacher and author team to comment and discuss about a pcourse page design&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fine grain individualisation: As everything that is published on pages is proxied by a Page Module block instance, we added an experimental fine grain individualization feature that let choosing &amp;quot;per student&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;per page item&amp;quot; the composition of the course for each student individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Current sticky page: Depending on a capability, the currently visited page is stored in user profile so he will come back to that page when comming back to that course. People who DO NOT have this capability allowed will start on the first accessible page in the hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Page Course Format components==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Course page format (format_page) itself&lt;br /&gt;
* Page module block: a mandatory block that proxies activiy modules and blocks as page items for the pages&lt;br /&gt;
* Page tracker: An accessory block that provides a &amp;quot;learning station&amp;quot; simple menu with links to pages and visit markers&lt;br /&gt;
* Pagemenu module: A local flexible navigation menu that aggegates page structures and external links or links to activities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Installation will need several operations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Course format installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deploy the format package into your moodle installation in the directory course/format as course/format/page&lt;br /&gt;
The format package contains resources to use as customscripts for course index replacement and some other core pages&lt;br /&gt;
replacements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Setting up theme additions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of renegociating many parts of the page layout, you need to integrate page specific additions into your&lt;br /&gt;
active themes. These are : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* additional page layout mappings in the theme config&lt;br /&gt;
* aditional layout php scripts in the theme/layout directory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get full instructions in the Readme file of the theme_page package. Note that this package IS NOT a directly usable&lt;br /&gt;
theme, although installs properly into your Moodle, but provides resources to alter other activate themes adding page feature additions. Consider it as a source code template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Essential steps to follow are : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# copy page.php layout into your theme.&lt;br /&gt;
# add the following page mappings to the config.php file of your theme&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    &#039;format_page&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;file&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;page.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;regions&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;side-pre&#039;, &#039;main&#039;, &#039;side-post&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;defaultregion&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;side-post&#039;, // avoid putting in main, or standard course will fail showing the new block menu &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;options&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;langmenu&#039; =&amp;gt; true)&lt;br /&gt;
    ),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    &#039;format_page_action&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;file&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;page.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;regions&#039; =&amp;gt; array(),&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;options&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;langmenu&#039; =&amp;gt; true, &#039;noblocks&#039; =&amp;gt; true),&lt;br /&gt;
    ),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Probably the best way to integrate it is using the &amp;quot;base&amp;quot; course format, that applies to all other formats, but often header and footer sections have been redrawn for each theme. So it will be more convenient to copy the page.php file into each used theme, and reshape header and footer sections to what your theme needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Other theme discrepancies====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We noticed that base theme of moodle forces standard header to be float:left without real use. This cause an issue of postionning to our &amp;quot;page editing tool&amp;quot; widget (may roll over important controls in the page header). Override this rule in your theme to float:none.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
this can be done in the pagelayout.css file in theme/base/style&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   #page-header{float:&#039;none&#039;;width:100%)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Customscripts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some customscripts are necessary to deroute some execution from core hard choices. The course index needs alteration&lt;br /&gt;
to choose the appropriate page layout &amp;quot;page&amp;quot;, when appropriate, and also derivate the standard block manager to a specially&lt;br /&gt;
designed page_block_manager when required. If this step is not executed, the course format will not work properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Activate custom scripts in your main configuration file &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $CFG-&amp;gt;customscripts = &#039;path/to/script/root&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Copy the content of the __goodies/customscript/&amp;lt;version&amp;gt; folder of the page format distribution into that location. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The customscript pages have been packaged on the Moodle 2.4 version. Page specific changes have been marked. If you plan&lt;br /&gt;
to use the page format on other moodle versions, maybe some light adaptations have to be done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Installing other components===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DO NOT forget installing the Page Module block wich is mandatory for the page format to work correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Patchs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We worked a lot to avoid any core patch to be added to the solution, reworking the 1.9 version and seeking how to eliminate them one by one. We could get rid of all of them but one, that blocks the whiziwhig editor when editing page format block settings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screens==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Course content page&lt;br /&gt;
* Page settings&lt;br /&gt;
* Page management list&lt;br /&gt;
* Page reordering screen&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access assignation screen&lt;br /&gt;
* Activity pool management&lt;br /&gt;
* Page side discussion page&lt;br /&gt;
* Individualisation board&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Page format brings his own capabilities to control which role can perform some actions :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:editpages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:viewhiddenpages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:addpages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:storecurrentpage&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:managepages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:viewpagesettings&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:discuss&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:individualize&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Page_Course_Format&amp;diff=107919</id>
		<title>Page Course Format</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Page_Course_Format&amp;diff=107919"/>
		<updated>2014-06-28T16:46:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* A bit of history */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[Doc in progress]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This course format is the straight forward migration of the original Flexpage format to moodle 2, keeping all architecture concepts, datamodel, GUI principles while adding a lot of functionnal enhancements collected from several integration projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A bit of history== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the origin Flexpage format was ordered by Intel(r) to MoodleRooms for the Intel Teach Essentials Online (tm)&lt;br /&gt;
project in 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flexpage format has then been published as GPL code, and reused by Intel(tm) on the Teach Advanced&lt;br /&gt;
Online(tm) (TAO) project with help of Catalyst, and at the same time derivated to the Pairform@nce project in France for Ministry of Education&lt;br /&gt;
by [MyLearningFactory|http://www.mylearningfactory.com] experts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Intel(tm) hired teams collaborated closely at launch of the TAO project, for adapting this flexpage format&lt;br /&gt;
to several requirements. Flexpage from Pairform@nce has then been reused in many institutional medium and big size projects,&lt;br /&gt;
that needed a technologic continuity to 2.x version because having a lot of flexpage content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately, MoodleRooms decided to disrupt the technical track, changing the whole architecture of flexpage to something&lt;br /&gt;
that appeared very different thinking from the original, and with a structural impossibility to upgrade old content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Funded on several project tracks that was needing such upgradability of their content, [MyLearningFactory|http://www.mylearningfactory.com] lauched the project&lt;br /&gt;
to rebuild a full moodle 2 version of this format, while integrating and publishing all the functional enhancements that were &lt;br /&gt;
added in the meanwhile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New additional components (blocks) where designed to work with this format, and some versions of well-known contibutions have been&lt;br /&gt;
reworked to be compatible with some of the features (f.e. Checklist reworked as LearningTimeCheck / MyLearnignFactory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Page Course Format Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage pages of contents in the course&lt;br /&gt;
* Let a complete flexible layout (block and ativites) in three columns&lt;br /&gt;
* Reuse activities on several pages from an &amp;quot;activity bag&amp;quot; managed independantly from pages&lt;br /&gt;
* Allow per page layout tuning for column width and feeding&lt;br /&gt;
* Page management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New added features===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page copy: allows cloning a fully equiped page, copying activity references, and cloning blocks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Page full copy: allows fully clonong a page, by creating new module activity instances and blocks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Page quick reorder: integrating a DHTMLX tree to drag and drop reorder the pages&lt;br /&gt;
* Move one item quickly in the page: mark and replace elements in any column at any position.&lt;br /&gt;
* Page templating: let some course pages be defined as site-wide template for reusing when creating a new page in a course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be set really public (no login)&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be set published to teacher (though published)&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be published to connected students (this was the actual use case).&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be given to named students (individualiation by page)&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be given access to some groups&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page override: A page can be now completely overriden by an activity. (Usually this will need some customscripting of some main activity view.php script in order to add multipage navigation in activities).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Conditional page: A page can be accessible ONLY if some activity has been completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Discussion side page: Alike a wiki, we added a side discussion page for helping teacher and author team to comment and discuss about a pcourse page design&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fine grain individualisation: As everything that is published on pages is proxied by a Page Module block instance, we added an experimental fine grain individualization feature that let choosing &amp;quot;per student&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;per page item&amp;quot; the composition of the course for each student individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Current sticky page: Depending on a capability, the currently visited page is stored in user profile so he will come back to that page when comming back to that course. People who DO NOT have this capability allowed will start on the first accessible page in the hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Page Course Format components==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Course page format (format_page) itself&lt;br /&gt;
* Page module block: a mandatory block that proxies activiy modules and blocks as page items for the pages&lt;br /&gt;
* Page tracker: An accessory block that provides a &amp;quot;learning station&amp;quot; simple menu with links to pages and visit markers&lt;br /&gt;
* Pagemenu module: A local flexible navigation menu that aggegates page structures and external links or links to activities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Installation will need several operations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Course format installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deploy the format package into your moodle installation in the directory course/format as course/format/page&lt;br /&gt;
The format package contains resources to use as customscripts for course index replacement and some other core pages&lt;br /&gt;
replacements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Setting up theme additions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of renegociating many parts of the page layout, you need to integrate page specific additions into your&lt;br /&gt;
active themes. These are : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* additional page layout mappings in the theme config&lt;br /&gt;
* aditional layout php scripts in the theme/layout directory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get full instructions in the Readme file of the theme_page package. Note that this package IS NOT a directly usable&lt;br /&gt;
theme, although installs properly into your Moodle, but provides resources to alter other activate themes adding page feature additions. Consider it as a source code template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Essential steps to follow are : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# copy page.php layout into your theme.&lt;br /&gt;
# add the following page mappings to the config.php file of your theme&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    &#039;format_page&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;file&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;page.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;regions&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;side-pre&#039;, &#039;main&#039;, &#039;side-post&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;defaultregion&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;side-post&#039;, // avoid putting in main, or standard course will fail showing the new block menu &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;options&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;langmenu&#039; =&amp;gt; true)&lt;br /&gt;
    ),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    &#039;format_page_action&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;file&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;page.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;regions&#039; =&amp;gt; array(),&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;options&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;langmenu&#039; =&amp;gt; true, &#039;noblocks&#039; =&amp;gt; true),&lt;br /&gt;
    ),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Probably the best way to integrate it is using the &amp;quot;base&amp;quot; course format, that applies to all other formats, but often header and footer sections have been redrawn for each theme. So it will be more convenient to copy the page.php file into each used theme, and reshape header and footer sections to what your theme needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Other theme discrepancies====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We noticed that base theme of moodle forces standard header to be float:left without real use. This cause an issue of postionning to our &amp;quot;page editing tool&amp;quot; widget (may roll over important controls in the page header). Override this rule in your theme to float:none.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
this can be done in the pagelayout.css file in theme/base/style&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   #page-header{float:&#039;none&#039;;width:100%)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Customscripts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some customscripts are necessary to deroute some execution from core hard choices. The course index needs alteration&lt;br /&gt;
to choose the appropriate page layout &amp;quot;page&amp;quot;, when appropriate, and also derivate the standard block manager to a specially&lt;br /&gt;
designed page_block_manager when required. If this step is not executed, the course format will not work properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Activate custom scripts in your main configuration file &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $CFG-&amp;gt;customscripts = &#039;path/to/script/root&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Copy the content of the __goodies/customscript/&amp;lt;version&amp;gt; folder of the page format distribution into that location. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The customscript pages have been packaged on the Moodle 2.4 version. Page specific changes have been marked. If you plan&lt;br /&gt;
to use the page format on other moodle versions, maybe some light adaptations have to be done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Installing other components===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DO NOT forget installing the Page Module block wich is mandatory for the page format to work correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Patchs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We worked a lot to avoid any core patch to be added to the solution, reworking the 1.9 version and seeking how to eliminate them one by one. We could get rid of all of them but one, that blocks the whiziwhig editor when editing page format block settings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screens==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Course content page&lt;br /&gt;
* Page settings&lt;br /&gt;
* Page management list&lt;br /&gt;
* Page reordering screen&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access assignation screen&lt;br /&gt;
* Activity pool management&lt;br /&gt;
* Page side discussion page&lt;br /&gt;
* Individualisation board&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Page format brings his own capabilities to control which role can perform some actions :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:editpages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:viewhiddenpages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:addpages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:storecurrentpage&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:managepages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:viewpagesettings&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:discuss&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:individualize&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Page_Course_Format&amp;diff=107918</id>
		<title>Page Course Format</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Page_Course_Format&amp;diff=107918"/>
		<updated>2014-06-28T16:45:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* A bit of history */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[Doc in progress]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This course format is the straight forward migration of the original Flexpage format to moodle 2, keeping all architecture concepts, datamodel, GUI principles while adding a lot of functionnal enhancements collected from several integration projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A bit of history== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the origin Flexpage format was ordered by Intel(r) to MoodleRooms for the Intel Teach Essentials Online (tm)&lt;br /&gt;
project in 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flexpage format has then been published as GPL code, and reused by Intel(tm) on the Teach Advanced&lt;br /&gt;
Online(tm) (TAO) project with help of Catalyst, and at the same time derivated to the Pairform@nce project in France for Ministry of Education&lt;br /&gt;
by [http://www.mylearningfactory.com|MyLearningFactory] experts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Intel(tm) hired teams collaborated closely at launch of the TAO project, for adapting this flexpage format&lt;br /&gt;
to several requirements. Flexpage from Pairform@nce has then been reused in many institutional medium and big size projects,&lt;br /&gt;
that needed a technologic continuity to 2.x version because having a lot of flexpage content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately, MoodleRooms decided to disrupt the technical track, changing the whole architecture of flexpage to something&lt;br /&gt;
that appeared very different thinking from the original, and with a structural impossibility to upgrade old content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Funded on several project tracks that was needing such upgradability of their content, [http://www.mylearningfactory.com|MyLearningFactory] lauched the project&lt;br /&gt;
to rebuild a full moodle 2 version of this format, while integrating and publishing all the functional enhancements that were &lt;br /&gt;
added in the meanwhile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New additional components (blocks) where designed to work with this format, and some versions of well-known contibutions have been&lt;br /&gt;
reworked to be compatible with some of the features (f.e. Checklist reworked as LearningTimeCheck / MyLearnignFactory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Page Course Format Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage pages of contents in the course&lt;br /&gt;
* Let a complete flexible layout (block and ativites) in three columns&lt;br /&gt;
* Reuse activities on several pages from an &amp;quot;activity bag&amp;quot; managed independantly from pages&lt;br /&gt;
* Allow per page layout tuning for column width and feeding&lt;br /&gt;
* Page management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New added features===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page copy: allows cloning a fully equiped page, copying activity references, and cloning blocks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Page full copy: allows fully clonong a page, by creating new module activity instances and blocks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Page quick reorder: integrating a DHTMLX tree to drag and drop reorder the pages&lt;br /&gt;
* Move one item quickly in the page: mark and replace elements in any column at any position.&lt;br /&gt;
* Page templating: let some course pages be defined as site-wide template for reusing when creating a new page in a course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be set really public (no login)&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be set published to teacher (though published)&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be published to connected students (this was the actual use case).&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be given to named students (individualiation by page)&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be given access to some groups&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page override: A page can be now completely overriden by an activity. (Usually this will need some customscripting of some main activity view.php script in order to add multipage navigation in activities).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Conditional page: A page can be accessible ONLY if some activity has been completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Discussion side page: Alike a wiki, we added a side discussion page for helping teacher and author team to comment and discuss about a pcourse page design&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fine grain individualisation: As everything that is published on pages is proxied by a Page Module block instance, we added an experimental fine grain individualization feature that let choosing &amp;quot;per student&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;per page item&amp;quot; the composition of the course for each student individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Current sticky page: Depending on a capability, the currently visited page is stored in user profile so he will come back to that page when comming back to that course. People who DO NOT have this capability allowed will start on the first accessible page in the hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Page Course Format components==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Course page format (format_page) itself&lt;br /&gt;
* Page module block: a mandatory block that proxies activiy modules and blocks as page items for the pages&lt;br /&gt;
* Page tracker: An accessory block that provides a &amp;quot;learning station&amp;quot; simple menu with links to pages and visit markers&lt;br /&gt;
* Pagemenu module: A local flexible navigation menu that aggegates page structures and external links or links to activities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Installation will need several operations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Course format installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deploy the format package into your moodle installation in the directory course/format as course/format/page&lt;br /&gt;
The format package contains resources to use as customscripts for course index replacement and some other core pages&lt;br /&gt;
replacements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Setting up theme additions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of renegociating many parts of the page layout, you need to integrate page specific additions into your&lt;br /&gt;
active themes. These are : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* additional page layout mappings in the theme config&lt;br /&gt;
* aditional layout php scripts in the theme/layout directory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get full instructions in the Readme file of the theme_page package. Note that this package IS NOT a directly usable&lt;br /&gt;
theme, although installs properly into your Moodle, but provides resources to alter other activate themes adding page feature additions. Consider it as a source code template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Essential steps to follow are : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# copy page.php layout into your theme.&lt;br /&gt;
# add the following page mappings to the config.php file of your theme&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    &#039;format_page&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;file&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;page.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;regions&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;side-pre&#039;, &#039;main&#039;, &#039;side-post&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;defaultregion&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;side-post&#039;, // avoid putting in main, or standard course will fail showing the new block menu &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;options&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;langmenu&#039; =&amp;gt; true)&lt;br /&gt;
    ),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    &#039;format_page_action&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;file&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;page.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;regions&#039; =&amp;gt; array(),&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;options&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;langmenu&#039; =&amp;gt; true, &#039;noblocks&#039; =&amp;gt; true),&lt;br /&gt;
    ),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Probably the best way to integrate it is using the &amp;quot;base&amp;quot; course format, that applies to all other formats, but often header and footer sections have been redrawn for each theme. So it will be more convenient to copy the page.php file into each used theme, and reshape header and footer sections to what your theme needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Other theme discrepancies====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We noticed that base theme of moodle forces standard header to be float:left without real use. This cause an issue of postionning to our &amp;quot;page editing tool&amp;quot; widget (may roll over important controls in the page header). Override this rule in your theme to float:none.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
this can be done in the pagelayout.css file in theme/base/style&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   #page-header{float:&#039;none&#039;;width:100%)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Customscripts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some customscripts are necessary to deroute some execution from core hard choices. The course index needs alteration&lt;br /&gt;
to choose the appropriate page layout &amp;quot;page&amp;quot;, when appropriate, and also derivate the standard block manager to a specially&lt;br /&gt;
designed page_block_manager when required. If this step is not executed, the course format will not work properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Activate custom scripts in your main configuration file &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $CFG-&amp;gt;customscripts = &#039;path/to/script/root&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Copy the content of the __goodies/customscript/&amp;lt;version&amp;gt; folder of the page format distribution into that location. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The customscript pages have been packaged on the Moodle 2.4 version. Page specific changes have been marked. If you plan&lt;br /&gt;
to use the page format on other moodle versions, maybe some light adaptations have to be done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Installing other components===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DO NOT forget installing the Page Module block wich is mandatory for the page format to work correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Patchs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We worked a lot to avoid any core patch to be added to the solution, reworking the 1.9 version and seeking how to eliminate them one by one. We could get rid of all of them but one, that blocks the whiziwhig editor when editing page format block settings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screens==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Course content page&lt;br /&gt;
* Page settings&lt;br /&gt;
* Page management list&lt;br /&gt;
* Page reordering screen&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access assignation screen&lt;br /&gt;
* Activity pool management&lt;br /&gt;
* Page side discussion page&lt;br /&gt;
* Individualisation board&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Page format brings his own capabilities to control which role can perform some actions :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:editpages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:viewhiddenpages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:addpages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:storecurrentpage&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:managepages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:viewpagesettings&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:discuss&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:individualize&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Page_Course_Format&amp;diff=107917</id>
		<title>Page Course Format</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Page_Course_Format&amp;diff=107917"/>
		<updated>2014-06-28T16:41:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[Doc in progress]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This course format is the straight forward migration of the original Flexpage format to moodle 2, keeping all architecture concepts, datamodel, GUI principles while adding a lot of functionnal enhancements collected from several integration projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A bit of history== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the origin Flexpage format was ordered by Intel(r) to MoodleRooms for the Intel Teach Essentials Online (tm)&lt;br /&gt;
project in 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flexpage format has then been published as GPL code, and reused by Intel on the Teach Advanced&lt;br /&gt;
Online(tm) project with help of Catalyst, and at the same time derivated to the Pairform@nce project in France for Ministry of Education&lt;br /&gt;
by MyLearningFactory experts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Intel hired teams collaborated closely at launch of the TAO project, for adapting this flexpage format&lt;br /&gt;
to several requirements. Flexpage from Pairform@nce has then been reused in many institutional medium and big size projects,&lt;br /&gt;
that needed a technologic continuity to 2.x version because having a lot of flexpage content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately, MoodleRooms decided to disrupt the technical track, changing the whole architecture of flexpage to something&lt;br /&gt;
that appeared very different thinking from the orginal, and with an upgrade impossibility for old contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Funded on several project tracks that was needing such upgradability of their content, MyLearningFactory lauched the project&lt;br /&gt;
to rebuild a full moodle 2 version of this format, while integrating and publishing all the functional enhancements that were &lt;br /&gt;
added in the meanwhile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New additional components (blocks) where designed to work with this format, and some versions of well-known contibutions have been&lt;br /&gt;
reworked to be compatible with ome of the features (f.e. Checklist reworked as LearningTimeCheck / MyLearnignFactory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Page Course Format Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage pages of contents in the course&lt;br /&gt;
* Let a complete flexible layout (block and ativites) in three columns&lt;br /&gt;
* Reuse activities on several pages from an &amp;quot;activity bag&amp;quot; managed independantly from pages&lt;br /&gt;
* Allow per page layout tuning for column width and feeding&lt;br /&gt;
* Page management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New added features===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page copy: allows cloning a fully equiped page, copying activity references, and cloning blocks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Page full copy: allows fully clonong a page, by creating new module activity instances and blocks.&lt;br /&gt;
* Page quick reorder: integrating a DHTMLX tree to drag and drop reorder the pages&lt;br /&gt;
* Move one item quickly in the page: mark and replace elements in any column at any position.&lt;br /&gt;
* Page templating: let some course pages be defined as site-wide template for reusing when creating a new page in a course&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be set really public (no login)&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be set published to teacher (though published)&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be published to connected students (this was the actual use case).&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be given to named students (individualiation by page)&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access: Now some pages can be given access to some groups&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Page override: A page can be now completely overriden by an activity. (Usually this will need some customscripting of some main activity view.php script in order to add multipage navigation in activities).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Conditional page: A page can be accessible ONLY if some activity has been completed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Discussion side page: Alike a wiki, we added a side discussion page for helping teacher and author team to comment and discuss about a pcourse page design&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fine grain individualisation: As everything that is published on pages is proxied by a Page Module block instance, we added an experimental fine grain individualization feature that let choosing &amp;quot;per student&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;per page item&amp;quot; the composition of the course for each student individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Current sticky page: Depending on a capability, the currently visited page is stored in user profile so he will come back to that page when comming back to that course. People who DO NOT have this capability allowed will start on the first accessible page in the hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Page Course Format components==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Course page format (format_page) itself&lt;br /&gt;
* Page module block: a mandatory block that proxies activiy modules and blocks as page items for the pages&lt;br /&gt;
* Page tracker: An accessory block that provides a &amp;quot;learning station&amp;quot; simple menu with links to pages and visit markers&lt;br /&gt;
* Pagemenu module: A local flexible navigation menu that aggegates page structures and external links or links to activities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Installation will need several operations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Course format installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deploy the format package into your moodle installation in the directory course/format as course/format/page&lt;br /&gt;
The format package contains resources to use as customscripts for course index replacement and some other core pages&lt;br /&gt;
replacements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Setting up theme additions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of renegociating many parts of the page layout, you need to integrate page specific additions into your&lt;br /&gt;
active themes. These are : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* additional page layout mappings in the theme config&lt;br /&gt;
* aditional layout php scripts in the theme/layout directory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will get full instructions in the Readme file of the theme_page package. Note that this package IS NOT a directly usable&lt;br /&gt;
theme, although installs properly into your Moodle, but provides resources to alter other activate themes adding page feature additions. Consider it as a source code template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Essential steps to follow are : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# copy page.php layout into your theme.&lt;br /&gt;
# add the following page mappings to the config.php file of your theme&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    &#039;format_page&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;file&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;page.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;regions&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;side-pre&#039;, &#039;main&#039;, &#039;side-post&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;defaultregion&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;side-post&#039;, // avoid putting in main, or standard course will fail showing the new block menu &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;options&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;langmenu&#039; =&amp;gt; true)&lt;br /&gt;
    ),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    &#039;format_page_action&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;file&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;page.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;regions&#039; =&amp;gt; array(),&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;options&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;langmenu&#039; =&amp;gt; true, &#039;noblocks&#039; =&amp;gt; true),&lt;br /&gt;
    ),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Probably the best way to integrate it is using the &amp;quot;base&amp;quot; course format, that applies to all other formats, but often header and footer sections have been redrawn for each theme. So it will be more convenient to copy the page.php file into each used theme, and reshape header and footer sections to what your theme needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Other theme discrepancies====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We noticed that base theme of moodle forces standard header to be float:left without real use. This cause an issue of postionning to our &amp;quot;page editing tool&amp;quot; widget (may roll over important controls in the page header). Override this rule in your theme to float:none.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
this can be done in the pagelayout.css file in theme/base/style&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   #page-header{float:&#039;none&#039;;width:100%)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Customscripts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some customscripts are necessary to deroute some execution from core hard choices. The course index needs alteration&lt;br /&gt;
to choose the appropriate page layout &amp;quot;page&amp;quot;, when appropriate, and also derivate the standard block manager to a specially&lt;br /&gt;
designed page_block_manager when required. If this step is not executed, the course format will not work properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Activate custom scripts in your main configuration file &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $CFG-&amp;gt;customscripts = &#039;path/to/script/root&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Copy the content of the __goodies/customscript/&amp;lt;version&amp;gt; folder of the page format distribution into that location. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The customscript pages have been packaged on the Moodle 2.4 version. Page specific changes have been marked. If you plan&lt;br /&gt;
to use the page format on other moodle versions, maybe some light adaptations have to be done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Installing other components===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DO NOT forget installing the Page Module block wich is mandatory for the page format to work correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Patchs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We worked a lot to avoid any core patch to be added to the solution, reworking the 1.9 version and seeking how to eliminate them one by one. We could get rid of all of them but one, that blocks the whiziwhig editor when editing page format block settings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screens==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Course content page&lt;br /&gt;
* Page settings&lt;br /&gt;
* Page management list&lt;br /&gt;
* Page reordering screen&lt;br /&gt;
* Page access assignation screen&lt;br /&gt;
* Activity pool management&lt;br /&gt;
* Page side discussion page&lt;br /&gt;
* Individualisation board&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Page format brings his own capabilities to control which role can perform some actions :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:editpages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:viewhiddenpages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:addpages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:storecurrentpage&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:managepages&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:viewpagesettings&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:discuss&lt;br /&gt;
* format/page:individualize&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Super-administration&amp;diff=107690</id>
		<title>Super-administration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Super-administration&amp;diff=107690"/>
		<updated>2014-02-21T21:10:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* General principles for MNet super-administration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[VMoodle_Block|Back to index]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General principles for [[MNet]] super-administration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[MNet]] super-administration is a feature allowing to massively execute some administration commands on a set of virtualized Moodle platforms. The commands are transmitted to each node using a dedicated [[MNet]] function attached to the [[VMoodle Block]] scope. The emitting platform should subscribe to the super-administration service, receiving nodes should publish the super-administration service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[MNet]] super-administration will provide a unique process for executing any network administration command : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Building the command : Mostly SQL orders, build manually or through some command preset.&lt;br /&gt;
# Choosing targets.&lt;br /&gt;
# Command execution and getting results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Tip !! :&#039;&#039;&#039; command and targets are stored in session, thus it will be easy to execute the same command on another target set, or keeping the target set and making a new command on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Super-administration main screen provides several command sets. As super-administration is a fully extensible architecture, developers and integrators may easily add command blocks and define new command templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the following commands can be applied to any subset of VMoodle instances in the network:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Generic commands&lt;br /&gt;
** Remote copy a configuration value&lt;br /&gt;
** Remote copy a plugin confuguration value&lt;br /&gt;
** Remote toggle on/off maintenance&lt;br /&gt;
** Remote empty all caches&lt;br /&gt;
* Roles related commands&lt;br /&gt;
** Compare a role definition (capability sheet)&lt;br /&gt;
** Synchonize a full role definition&lt;br /&gt;
* Plugins related commands&lt;br /&gt;
** Compare equipment (activation status) of all plugins in a plugin class&lt;br /&gt;
** Synchronize plugin equipment (activation status) of all plugins in a plugin class&lt;br /&gt;
* Upgrade related commands&lt;br /&gt;
** Process remote logical upgrades&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced mode===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advanced mode will allow an administator to write a full SQL query to be played on all target Moodles. Note that the SQL must be independant of local context to have a chance to proceed with success.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:MNet]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Super-administration]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=VMoodle_Block&amp;diff=107689</id>
		<title>VMoodle Block</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=VMoodle_Block&amp;diff=107689"/>
		<updated>2014-02-21T21:05:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Compatibility */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;VMoodle is a non standard infrastructure embedded within a Moodle block. It provides a technical toolset to deploy and manage a set of virtualized Moodles from a single codebase. All virtualized moodles will run their own instance independently from each other, or according themselves in building a Moodle Network cooperation strategy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This work is the result of a couple of years of development with the participation of Intel Corp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the key effect of using VMoodling virtualisation is that maintenance of multiple Moodle running with similar equipment gets much easier and saves a lot of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle virtualisation process is achieved using a dynamic configuration definition, stored in a Moodle instance called &amp;quot;master instance&amp;quot;. Virtualising such configuration allows dynamic switching of database and moodledata context when entering a Moodle page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As was mentioned above, all the Moodle clones are completely independent and WILL NOT share any data. Using many instances with an adequate [[MNet]] strategy allows for the making of strong and powerful distributed Moodle configurations, aimed at large organizations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Compatibility===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VMoodle supports now [[MySQL]] databases and (less tested) [[PostgreSQL]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that VMoodle does not support PostGres schemas for node auto-deployement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Prerequisites===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VMoodle blocks provides a complete and complex virtualisation process for Moodles and a set of network level administration capabilities. For the block running properly, compared to the original version in Moodle 1.9, Moodle 2 version of Moodle will need less core changes to operate in full feature range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Block bound [https://docs.moodle.org/23/en/admin/environment/php_extension/xmlrpc XMLRPC] calls. =&amp;gt; natively resolved in Moodle 2.x new service registration method.&lt;br /&gt;
* Block sub-plugins =&amp;gt; Now supported in the generic &amp;quot;subplugins&amp;quot; infrastructure.&lt;br /&gt;
* VMoodle based networks in a virtualisation configuration are intended to build coherent distributed platforms within an institutional environment. Urbanisation of such systems will often take some benefit of using extensively [https://docs.moodle.org/23/en/admin/environment/php_extension/xmlrpc XMLRPC] interactions between nodes for enhancing the distributed consistence. Standard Moodle codebase ensures [[MNet]] keys are renewed when a user jumps from a node to a remote node, but key ARE NOT renewed automatically when coming to obsolescence. The effect is that after a key has gone away, all services based on [https://docs.moodle.org/23/en/admin/environment/php_extension/xmlrpc XMLRPC] will be broken until key exchange has not been restored again. The VMoodle block provides an &amp;quot;automatic [[MNet]] key rotation&amp;quot; enhancement that  fixes this situation. [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-23195]. This point is not resolved in Moodle 2.0 architecture and still needs a patch in the [[MNet]] core library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VMoodle distribution is provided with adequate patches for all these requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IMPORTANT NOTE : On [[MySQL]], VMoodle provides Moodle instance capturing for making deployment templates. This assumes the master Moodle controlling deployments needs having a [[MySQL]] user that has DATABASE CREATE permission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Block Installation (quick install)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VMoodle block will install just as a usual Moodle [[Blocks|block]]. Subplugins patch can be installed later, causing sub-plugins to be installed in a second stage : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Unzip the block code in the &amp;quot;blocks&amp;quot; folder of your Moodle install.&lt;br /&gt;
# Trigger the administration/notification menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the block has been registered, there is a pair of things to do to get VMoodle start accepting virtualisation :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need first to edit the copy the vconfig-dist.php in blocks/vmoodle to vconfig.php, and give the database access&lt;br /&gt;
schema to your master database. (most often, this will use the same DB access credentials than master config.php). VConfig will look like : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   $CFG-&amp;gt;vmasterdbhost = &#039;localhost&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
   $CFG-&amp;gt;vmasterdbtype = &#039;mysqli&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
   $CFG-&amp;gt;vmasterdbname = &#039;moodle&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
   $CFG-&amp;gt;vmasterdblogin = &#039;&amp;lt;mydblogin&amp;gt;&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
   $CFG-&amp;gt;vmasterdbpass = &#039;&amp;lt;mydbpass&amp;gt;&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
   $CFG-&amp;gt;vmasterdbpersist =  false;&lt;br /&gt;
   $CFG-&amp;gt;vmasterprefix    = &#039;mdl_&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
   $CFG-&amp;gt;vmoodledefault    = 1; // tells if the default physical config can be used as true host&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep this file in the blocks/vmoodle directory, or raise it up the the root level of Moodle. (No impact). What follows will consider&lt;br /&gt;
the first option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
you need fist to hook the VMoodle configuration in your config file, and define explicitely the $CFG-&amp;gt;dirroot key as this would be done&lt;br /&gt;
too late by setup.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   $CFG-&amp;gt;dirroot = &#039;&amp;lt;your/moodle/path&amp;gt;&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
   include_once $CFG-&amp;gt;dirroot.&#039;/blocks/vmoodle/vconfig.php&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that including from a hardwritten path will not preserve you to define $CFG-&amp;gt;dirroot, as this path is used &lt;br /&gt;
in VMoodle bootstrapping code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==VMoodle Block Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features Addressing the &amp;quot;Moodle Factory&amp;quot; Administration===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Virtualisation Hook for the standard &#039;config.php&#039; [[Configuration file]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Deployment of new instances from within the Master instance administration&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle snapshot to create platform templates for further deployment&lt;br /&gt;
* On demand Moodle deployment&lt;br /&gt;
* Deployment of virtualized Moodle within a Moodle Network strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* VMoodle [[Cron]] rotation handles automatically all instances in a VMoodle array.&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional Key Refresh Automation to keep [https://docs.moodle.org/dev/SSH_key SSH keys] always consistent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features Addressing the &amp;quot;MNetwork Level Administration&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Multiplying instances will ever raise issues of administration because increasing the amount of information to be managed and complexity of the system. The VMoodle block provides a super-administration toolset allowing distributing administration commands across a Moodle Network so getting things faster even when the number of Moodle gets quite high. This administration layer provides a command framework for extensibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* SQL orders can be distributed on all managed nodes&lt;br /&gt;
* Role comparison and sync between many nodes&lt;br /&gt;
* Capability resync between many nodes&lt;br /&gt;
* Massive upgrade of all nodes when upgrading or installing new plugins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Access to Mnetwork Level Administration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may access to the [[MNet]] level administration clicking on the link &amp;quot;Administrate&amp;quot; showing in the footer of the &amp;quot;VMoodle&amp;quot; bloc instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three subservices are available :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Moodle Instance Management|Managing virtual instances and deployment]] : lists nodes and allows enabling, disabling snapshooting and deleting a node, ...&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Super-administration|Super-administration]] : a set of primitives that can be processed simultaneously on distributed Moodles.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MNET Service Template|MNET Services Template]] : A form to define a template or [[MNet]] services settings to be applied as a default to any new Moodle clone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&amp;amp;rid=3902&amp;amp;filter=1 VMoodle Virtualization block] Modules and Plugins database entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Bloque VMoodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:VMoodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107688</id>
		<title>User Mnet Hosts block</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107688"/>
		<updated>2014-02-21T21:02:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Using projects */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The User Mnet Hosts block (non standard) is similar to the Mnet Hosts block except it only gives access to MNET hosts where the &lt;br /&gt;
user is allowed to jump to. Custom user profile fields will be used in a dedicated category to control&lt;br /&gt;
which hosts are in the scope of the current user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The block provides its own tools to install significant user custom fields and custom field category&lt;br /&gt;
in Moodle so the MNET output can be controlled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At its stage of developement, hiding a MNET in list of possible destination should not be considered as sufficiant in terms of security. These are not security doors, but a way to provide intelligible navigation to users depending on there profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further securisation of the door is in development plans. (back check through web service)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 2 additions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the User Mnet Hosts block for Moodle 2 has integrated two major additions : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Handling of Mahara links with some variants&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for the MultiMnet authentification method (auth/multimnet)&lt;br /&gt;
* For consistency reasons, a local primary administrator (local &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; account) cannot roam to other nodes, unless a hardcoded configuration key is enabled ($CFG-&amp;gt;user_mnet_hosts_admin_override).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : The special case where an admin account would be allowed to roam is for a global network administrator. The origin moodle of such global administrator should be unique in the whole MNET network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No mandatory prerequisites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional prerequisite : When using MNET and managing individual access, it may be worth to get consistant user profiles including custom fields. As access control fields used by User Mnet Hosts are custom fields, this makes sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the patch discussed at http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-24549 proposes a simple patch to get user custom fields synchronization, pursuant they have been configured consistently in each MNET node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using this patch will allow users to bring their access allowance whereever they are in a Moodle Network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Multimnet authentification method is a prerequisite for building a full wired MNET moodle array.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install the block as usual:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Unzip the block package within the &#039;&#039;blocks&#039;&#039; directory of your Moodle installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Browse to the Administration -&amp;gt; notifications menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preparation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the block to operate properly, you need generating relevant access field for each &lt;br /&gt;
known MNET host in the neighbourhood. This is called synchronizing the block with&lt;br /&gt;
the MNETwork configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Global settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access to the synchronisation tool.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahara pass thru:&#039;&#039;&#039; When enabled, will not apply per user access rule to mahara registered applications. If not enabled, a registered Mahara will behave as any other registere application and will e controled on a per user basis. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other operations of the global settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The global settings will automatically create a default category for regitering access profile fields, and will create the local moodl access field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instance settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
there are no instance settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Normal operations==&lt;br /&gt;
===Using a block instance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just add an instance of this block instead of the standard Mnet Hosts block to limitate&lt;br /&gt;
the network view to allowed targets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Giving users access to an host===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit the profile of users to check or uncheck the access fields matching the hosts you allow&lt;br /&gt;
the user to see. You might change the custom fields settings for convenience so new users are&lt;br /&gt;
implicitely allowed or disallowed for a particular host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the accessory [[Group Network block]] to delegate access configuration to teachers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:addinstance:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows owner of this capability to add an instance in a course or front page&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:myaddinstance:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows owner of this capability to add an instance in the My page&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:accessall:&#039;&#039;&#039; Access to all joinable nodes unconditionnally (administrators).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Credits==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This block is maintained by Valery Fremaux at http://www.mylearningfactory.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Using projects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following projects are co-funders of the block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Paris Descartes University (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* ENTLibre 2.0 (ATOS/DEGESCO) (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rectorat de Strasbourg (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Région PACA (Académie de Nice) (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Région PACA (Académie d&#039;Aix/Marseille) (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Groupe ISF (Haute Normandie) (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Groupe IGS (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Institut Iperia (Haute Normandie) (FR)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107687</id>
		<title>User Mnet Hosts block</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107687"/>
		<updated>2014-02-21T21:02:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Using projects */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The User Mnet Hosts block (non standard) is similar to the Mnet Hosts block except it only gives access to MNET hosts where the &lt;br /&gt;
user is allowed to jump to. Custom user profile fields will be used in a dedicated category to control&lt;br /&gt;
which hosts are in the scope of the current user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The block provides its own tools to install significant user custom fields and custom field category&lt;br /&gt;
in Moodle so the MNET output can be controlled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At its stage of developement, hiding a MNET in list of possible destination should not be considered as sufficiant in terms of security. These are not security doors, but a way to provide intelligible navigation to users depending on there profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further securisation of the door is in development plans. (back check through web service)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 2 additions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the User Mnet Hosts block for Moodle 2 has integrated two major additions : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Handling of Mahara links with some variants&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for the MultiMnet authentification method (auth/multimnet)&lt;br /&gt;
* For consistency reasons, a local primary administrator (local &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; account) cannot roam to other nodes, unless a hardcoded configuration key is enabled ($CFG-&amp;gt;user_mnet_hosts_admin_override).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : The special case where an admin account would be allowed to roam is for a global network administrator. The origin moodle of such global administrator should be unique in the whole MNET network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No mandatory prerequisites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional prerequisite : When using MNET and managing individual access, it may be worth to get consistant user profiles including custom fields. As access control fields used by User Mnet Hosts are custom fields, this makes sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the patch discussed at http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-24549 proposes a simple patch to get user custom fields synchronization, pursuant they have been configured consistently in each MNET node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using this patch will allow users to bring their access allowance whereever they are in a Moodle Network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Multimnet authentification method is a prerequisite for building a full wired MNET moodle array.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install the block as usual:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Unzip the block package within the &#039;&#039;blocks&#039;&#039; directory of your Moodle installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Browse to the Administration -&amp;gt; notifications menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preparation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the block to operate properly, you need generating relevant access field for each &lt;br /&gt;
known MNET host in the neighbourhood. This is called synchronizing the block with&lt;br /&gt;
the MNETwork configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Global settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access to the synchronisation tool.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahara pass thru:&#039;&#039;&#039; When enabled, will not apply per user access rule to mahara registered applications. If not enabled, a registered Mahara will behave as any other registere application and will e controled on a per user basis. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other operations of the global settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The global settings will automatically create a default category for regitering access profile fields, and will create the local moodl access field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instance settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
there are no instance settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Normal operations==&lt;br /&gt;
===Using a block instance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just add an instance of this block instead of the standard Mnet Hosts block to limitate&lt;br /&gt;
the network view to allowed targets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Giving users access to an host===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit the profile of users to check or uncheck the access fields matching the hosts you allow&lt;br /&gt;
the user to see. You might change the custom fields settings for convenience so new users are&lt;br /&gt;
implicitely allowed or disallowed for a particular host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the accessory [[Group Network block]] to delegate access configuration to teachers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:addinstance:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows owner of this capability to add an instance in a course or front page&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:myaddinstance:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows owner of this capability to add an instance in the My page&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:accessall:&#039;&#039;&#039; Access to all joinable nodes unconditionnally (administrators).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Credits==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This block is maintained by Valery Fremaux at http://www.mylearningfactory.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Using projects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following projects are co-funders of the block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Paris Descartes University (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* ENTLibre 2.0 (ATOS/DEGESCO) (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rectorat de Strasbourg (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Région PACA (Académie de Nice) (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Région PACA (Académie (d&#039;Aix/Marseille) (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Groupe ISF (Haute Normandie) (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Groupe IGS (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Institut Iperia (Haute Normandie) (FR)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107686</id>
		<title>User Mnet Hosts block</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107686"/>
		<updated>2014-02-21T20:58:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Credits */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The User Mnet Hosts block (non standard) is similar to the Mnet Hosts block except it only gives access to MNET hosts where the &lt;br /&gt;
user is allowed to jump to. Custom user profile fields will be used in a dedicated category to control&lt;br /&gt;
which hosts are in the scope of the current user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The block provides its own tools to install significant user custom fields and custom field category&lt;br /&gt;
in Moodle so the MNET output can be controlled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At its stage of developement, hiding a MNET in list of possible destination should not be considered as sufficiant in terms of security. These are not security doors, but a way to provide intelligible navigation to users depending on there profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further securisation of the door is in development plans. (back check through web service)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 2 additions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the User Mnet Hosts block for Moodle 2 has integrated two major additions : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Handling of Mahara links with some variants&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for the MultiMnet authentification method (auth/multimnet)&lt;br /&gt;
* For consistency reasons, a local primary administrator (local &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; account) cannot roam to other nodes, unless a hardcoded configuration key is enabled ($CFG-&amp;gt;user_mnet_hosts_admin_override).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : The special case where an admin account would be allowed to roam is for a global network administrator. The origin moodle of such global administrator should be unique in the whole MNET network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No mandatory prerequisites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional prerequisite : When using MNET and managing individual access, it may be worth to get consistant user profiles including custom fields. As access control fields used by User Mnet Hosts are custom fields, this makes sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the patch discussed at http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-24549 proposes a simple patch to get user custom fields synchronization, pursuant they have been configured consistently in each MNET node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using this patch will allow users to bring their access allowance whereever they are in a Moodle Network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Multimnet authentification method is a prerequisite for building a full wired MNET moodle array.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install the block as usual:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Unzip the block package within the &#039;&#039;blocks&#039;&#039; directory of your Moodle installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Browse to the Administration -&amp;gt; notifications menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preparation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the block to operate properly, you need generating relevant access field for each &lt;br /&gt;
known MNET host in the neighbourhood. This is called synchronizing the block with&lt;br /&gt;
the MNETwork configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Global settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access to the synchronisation tool.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahara pass thru:&#039;&#039;&#039; When enabled, will not apply per user access rule to mahara registered applications. If not enabled, a registered Mahara will behave as any other registere application and will e controled on a per user basis. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other operations of the global settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The global settings will automatically create a default category for regitering access profile fields, and will create the local moodl access field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instance settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
there are no instance settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Normal operations==&lt;br /&gt;
===Using a block instance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just add an instance of this block instead of the standard Mnet Hosts block to limitate&lt;br /&gt;
the network view to allowed targets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Giving users access to an host===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit the profile of users to check or uncheck the access fields matching the hosts you allow&lt;br /&gt;
the user to see. You might change the custom fields settings for convenience so new users are&lt;br /&gt;
implicitely allowed or disallowed for a particular host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the accessory [[Group Network block]] to delegate access configuration to teachers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:addinstance:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows owner of this capability to add an instance in a course or front page&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:myaddinstance:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows owner of this capability to add an instance in the My page&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:accessall:&#039;&#039;&#039; Access to all joinable nodes unconditionnally (administrators).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Credits==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This block is maintained by Valery Fremaux at http://www.mylearningfactory.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Using projects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following projects are co-funders of the block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Paris Descartes University (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rectorat de Strasbourg (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Région PACA (Académie de Nice) (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Région PACA (Académie (d&#039;Aix/Marseille) (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Groupe ISF (Haute Normandie) (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Groupe IGS (FR)&lt;br /&gt;
* Institut Iperia (Haute Normandie) (FR)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107685</id>
		<title>User Mnet Hosts block</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107685"/>
		<updated>2014-02-21T20:55:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Capabilities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The User Mnet Hosts block (non standard) is similar to the Mnet Hosts block except it only gives access to MNET hosts where the &lt;br /&gt;
user is allowed to jump to. Custom user profile fields will be used in a dedicated category to control&lt;br /&gt;
which hosts are in the scope of the current user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The block provides its own tools to install significant user custom fields and custom field category&lt;br /&gt;
in Moodle so the MNET output can be controlled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At its stage of developement, hiding a MNET in list of possible destination should not be considered as sufficiant in terms of security. These are not security doors, but a way to provide intelligible navigation to users depending on there profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further securisation of the door is in development plans. (back check through web service)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 2 additions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the User Mnet Hosts block for Moodle 2 has integrated two major additions : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Handling of Mahara links with some variants&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for the MultiMnet authentification method (auth/multimnet)&lt;br /&gt;
* For consistency reasons, a local primary administrator (local &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; account) cannot roam to other nodes, unless a hardcoded configuration key is enabled ($CFG-&amp;gt;user_mnet_hosts_admin_override).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : The special case where an admin account would be allowed to roam is for a global network administrator. The origin moodle of such global administrator should be unique in the whole MNET network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No mandatory prerequisites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional prerequisite : When using MNET and managing individual access, it may be worth to get consistant user profiles including custom fields. As access control fields used by User Mnet Hosts are custom fields, this makes sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the patch discussed at http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-24549 proposes a simple patch to get user custom fields synchronization, pursuant they have been configured consistently in each MNET node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using this patch will allow users to bring their access allowance whereever they are in a Moodle Network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Multimnet authentification method is a prerequisite for building a full wired MNET moodle array.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install the block as usual:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Unzip the block package within the &#039;&#039;blocks&#039;&#039; directory of your Moodle installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Browse to the Administration -&amp;gt; notifications menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preparation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the block to operate properly, you need generating relevant access field for each &lt;br /&gt;
known MNET host in the neighbourhood. This is called synchronizing the block with&lt;br /&gt;
the MNETwork configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Global settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access to the synchronisation tool.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahara pass thru:&#039;&#039;&#039; When enabled, will not apply per user access rule to mahara registered applications. If not enabled, a registered Mahara will behave as any other registere application and will e controled on a per user basis. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other operations of the global settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The global settings will automatically create a default category for regitering access profile fields, and will create the local moodl access field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instance settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
there are no instance settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Normal operations==&lt;br /&gt;
===Using a block instance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just add an instance of this block instead of the standard Mnet Hosts block to limitate&lt;br /&gt;
the network view to allowed targets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Giving users access to an host===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit the profile of users to check or uncheck the access fields matching the hosts you allow&lt;br /&gt;
the user to see. You might change the custom fields settings for convenience so new users are&lt;br /&gt;
implicitely allowed or disallowed for a particular host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the accessory [[Group Network block]] to delegate access configuration to teachers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:addinstance:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows owner of this capability to add an instance in a course or front page&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:myaddinstance:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows owner of this capability to add an instance in the My page&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:accessall:&#039;&#039;&#039; Access to all joinable nodes unconditionnally (administrators).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Credits==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This block is maintained by Valery Fremaux at http://www.mylearningfactory.com&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Group_Network_block&amp;diff=107684</id>
		<title>Group Network block</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Group_Network_block&amp;diff=107684"/>
		<updated>2014-02-21T20:53:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* General principles */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:group_access_block.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Group Network plugin is a utility to be added to a course to let teachers or low power users have some control over MNET authorisations for students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plugin will facilitate the setup of the access attributes of the students to let them roam in some specified remote Moodles in the network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This plugin requires (and works with) the User Mnet Hosts (moderated MNET access block) block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No spécific instructions. Follow the usual block installation procedure:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* unzip the bloc into the &amp;quot;blocks&amp;quot; folder&lt;br /&gt;
* Browse to the Administration =&amp;gt; Notifications Site admin menu to complete installation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General principles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a set of Moodles work together using MNET to pass from ont moodle to another, using a Mnet Host (standard) bloc does not allow controlling who can pass through and who cannot on an individual base. The [[User Mnet Hosts block]] (non standard) provides a user per user way to manage who has network authorisations, based on additional profile fields. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening or closing access to large set of students (say a class, or a group) can become a very boaring task if the teacher has to edit each student profile and click the access checkbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This block provides a facilitation to mass open or mass remove a remote access authorisation based on [[User Mnet Hosts block]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When places within a course, it will provide an open/close easy interface based on the course registered users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers will be collectively responsible of assigning or removing network capabilities to students. They only will be able to operate&lt;br /&gt;
on students that are assigned to them by the way of a course assignation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Individual mode vs. Group mode==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the course admits group mode, both individual selection or group selection will be possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screens==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Give access to individuals&lt;br /&gt;
* Give access to course groups&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Credits==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This block is maintained by Valery Fremaux at http://www.mylearningfactory.com&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Group_Network_block&amp;diff=107683</id>
		<title>Group Network block</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Group_Network_block&amp;diff=107683"/>
		<updated>2014-02-21T20:53:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Screens */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:group_access_block.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Group Network plugin is a utility to be added to a course to let teachers or low power users have some control over MNET authorisations for students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plugin will facilitate the setup of the access attributes of the students to let them roam in some specified remote Moodles in the network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This plugin requires (and works with) the User Mnet Hosts (moderated MNET access block) block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No spécific instructions. Follow the usual block installation procedure:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* unzip the bloc into the &amp;quot;blocks&amp;quot; folder&lt;br /&gt;
* Browse to the Administration =&amp;gt; Notifications Site admin menu to complete installation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General principles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a set of Moodles work together using MNET to pass from ont moodle to another, using a Mnet Host (standard) bloc does not allow controlling who can pass through and who cannot on an individual base. The [[User Mnet Hosts block]] (non standard) provides a user per user way to manage who has network authorisations, based on additional profile fields. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening or closing access to large set of students (say a class, or a group) can become a very boaring task if the teacher has to edit each student profile and click the access checkbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This block provides a facilitation to mass open or mass remove a remote access authorisation based on [[User Mnet Hosts block]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When places within a course, it will provide an open/close easy interface based on the course registered users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers will be colletively responsibl of assigning or removing network capabilities to students. They only will be able to operate&lt;br /&gt;
on students that are assigned to them by the way of a course assignation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Individual mode vs. Group mode==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the course admits group mode, both individual selection or group selection will be possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screens==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Give access to individuals&lt;br /&gt;
* Give access to course groups&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Credits==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This block is maintained by Valery Fremaux at http://www.mylearningfactory.com&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=File:group_access_block.jpg&amp;diff=107682</id>
		<title>File:group access block.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=File:group_access_block.jpg&amp;diff=107682"/>
		<updated>2014-02-21T20:52:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Group_Network_block&amp;diff=107681</id>
		<title>Group Network block</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Group_Network_block&amp;diff=107681"/>
		<updated>2014-02-21T20:51:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: Created page with &amp;quot;Image:group_access_block.jpg  The Group Network plugin is a utility to be added to a course to let teachers or low power users have some control over MNET authorisations f...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:group_access_block.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Group Network plugin is a utility to be added to a course to let teachers or low power users have some control over MNET authorisations for students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plugin will facilitate the setup of the access attributes of the students to let them roam in some specified remote Moodles in the network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This plugin requires (and works with) the User Mnet Hosts (moderated MNET access block) block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No spécific instructions. Follow the usual block installation procedure:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* unzip the bloc into the &amp;quot;blocks&amp;quot; folder&lt;br /&gt;
* Browse to the Administration =&amp;gt; Notifications Site admin menu to complete installation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General principles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a set of Moodles work together using MNET to pass from ont moodle to another, using a Mnet Host (standard) bloc does not allow controlling who can pass through and who cannot on an individual base. The [[User Mnet Hosts block]] (non standard) provides a user per user way to manage who has network authorisations, based on additional profile fields. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opening or closing access to large set of students (say a class, or a group) can become a very boaring task if the teacher has to edit each student profile and click the access checkbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This block provides a facilitation to mass open or mass remove a remote access authorisation based on [[User Mnet Hosts block]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When places within a course, it will provide an open/close easy interface based on the course registered users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers will be colletively responsibl of assigning or removing network capabilities to students. They only will be able to operate&lt;br /&gt;
on students that are assigned to them by the way of a course assignation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Individual mode vs. Group mode==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the course admits group mode, both individual selection or group selection will be possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screens==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Give access to individuals&lt;br /&gt;
* Give access to course groups&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107674</id>
		<title>User Mnet Hosts block</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107674"/>
		<updated>2014-02-20T16:53:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Giving users access to an host */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The User Mnet Hosts block (non standard) is similar to the Mnet Hosts block except it only gives access to MNET hosts where the &lt;br /&gt;
user is allowed to jump to. Custom user profile fields will be used in a dedicated category to control&lt;br /&gt;
which hosts are in the scope of the current user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The block provides its own tools to install significant user custom fields and custom field category&lt;br /&gt;
in Moodle so the MNET output can be controlled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At its stage of developement, hiding a MNET in list of possible destination should not be considered as sufficiant in terms of security. These are not security doors, but a way to provide intelligible navigation to users depending on there profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further securisation of the door is in development plans. (back check through web service)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 2 additions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the User Mnet Hosts block for Moodle 2 has integrated two major additions : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Handling of Mahara links with some variants&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for the MultiMnet authentification method (auth/multimnet)&lt;br /&gt;
* For consistency reasons, a local primary administrator (local &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; account) cannot roam to other nodes, unless a hardcoded configuration key is enabled ($CFG-&amp;gt;user_mnet_hosts_admin_override).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : The special case where an admin account would be allowed to roam is for a global network administrator. The origin moodle of such global administrator should be unique in the whole MNET network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No mandatory prerequisites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional prerequisite : When using MNET and managing individual access, it may be worth to get consistant user profiles including custom fields. As access control fields used by User Mnet Hosts are custom fields, this makes sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the patch discussed at http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-24549 proposes a simple patch to get user custom fields synchronization, pursuant they have been configured consistently in each MNET node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using this patch will allow users to bring their access allowance whereever they are in a Moodle Network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Multimnet authentification method is a prerequisite for building a full wired MNET moodle array.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install the block as usual:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Unzip the block package within the &#039;&#039;blocks&#039;&#039; directory of your Moodle installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Browse to the Administration -&amp;gt; notifications menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preparation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the block to operate properly, you need generating relevant access field for each &lt;br /&gt;
known MNET host in the neighbourhood. This is called synchronizing the block with&lt;br /&gt;
the MNETwork configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Global settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access to the synchronisation tool.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahara pass thru:&#039;&#039;&#039; When enabled, will not apply per user access rule to mahara registered applications. If not enabled, a registered Mahara will behave as any other registere application and will e controled on a per user basis. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other operations of the global settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The global settings will automatically create a default category for regitering access profile fields, and will create the local moodl access field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instance settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
there are no instance settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Normal operations==&lt;br /&gt;
===Using a block instance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just add an instance of this block instead of the standard Mnet Hosts block to limitate&lt;br /&gt;
the network view to allowed targets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Giving users access to an host===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit the profile of users to check or uncheck the access fields matching the hosts you allow&lt;br /&gt;
the user to see. You might change the custom fields settings for convenience so new users are&lt;br /&gt;
implicitely allowed or disallowed for a particular host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the accessory [[Group Network block]] to delegate access configuration to teachers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:addinstance:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows owner of this capability to add an instance in a course or front page&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:myaddinstance:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows owner of this capability to add an instance in the My page&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:accessall:&#039;&#039;&#039; Access to all joinable nodes unconditionnally (administrators).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107673</id>
		<title>User Mnet Hosts block</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107673"/>
		<updated>2014-02-20T16:53:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Giving users access to an host */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The User Mnet Hosts block (non standard) is similar to the Mnet Hosts block except it only gives access to MNET hosts where the &lt;br /&gt;
user is allowed to jump to. Custom user profile fields will be used in a dedicated category to control&lt;br /&gt;
which hosts are in the scope of the current user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The block provides its own tools to install significant user custom fields and custom field category&lt;br /&gt;
in Moodle so the MNET output can be controlled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At its stage of developement, hiding a MNET in list of possible destination should not be considered as sufficiant in terms of security. These are not security doors, but a way to provide intelligible navigation to users depending on there profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further securisation of the door is in development plans. (back check through web service)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 2 additions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the User Mnet Hosts block for Moodle 2 has integrated two major additions : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Handling of Mahara links with some variants&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for the MultiMnet authentification method (auth/multimnet)&lt;br /&gt;
* For consistency reasons, a local primary administrator (local &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; account) cannot roam to other nodes, unless a hardcoded configuration key is enabled ($CFG-&amp;gt;user_mnet_hosts_admin_override).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : The special case where an admin account would be allowed to roam is for a global network administrator. The origin moodle of such global administrator should be unique in the whole MNET network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No mandatory prerequisites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional prerequisite : When using MNET and managing individual access, it may be worth to get consistant user profiles including custom fields. As access control fields used by User Mnet Hosts are custom fields, this makes sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the patch discussed at http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-24549 proposes a simple patch to get user custom fields synchronization, pursuant they have been configured consistently in each MNET node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using this patch will allow users to bring their access allowance whereever they are in a Moodle Network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Multimnet authentification method is a prerequisite for building a full wired MNET moodle array.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install the block as usual:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Unzip the block package within the &#039;&#039;blocks&#039;&#039; directory of your Moodle installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Browse to the Administration -&amp;gt; notifications menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preparation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the block to operate properly, you need generating relevant access field for each &lt;br /&gt;
known MNET host in the neighbourhood. This is called synchronizing the block with&lt;br /&gt;
the MNETwork configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Global settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access to the synchronisation tool.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahara pass thru:&#039;&#039;&#039; When enabled, will not apply per user access rule to mahara registered applications. If not enabled, a registered Mahara will behave as any other registere application and will e controled on a per user basis. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other operations of the global settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The global settings will automatically create a default category for regitering access profile fields, and will create the local moodl access field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instance settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
there are no instance settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Normal operations==&lt;br /&gt;
===Using a block instance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just add an instance of this block instead of the standard Mnet Hosts block to limitate&lt;br /&gt;
the network view to allowed targets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Giving users access to an host===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit the profile of users to check or uncheck the access fields matching the hosts you allow&lt;br /&gt;
the user to see. You might change the custom fields settings for convenience so new users are&lt;br /&gt;
implicitely allowed or disallowed for a particular host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the accessory [Group Network block] to delegate access configuration to teachers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:addinstance:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows owner of this capability to add an instance in a course or front page&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:myaddinstance:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows owner of this capability to add an instance in the My page&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:accessall:&#039;&#039;&#039; Access to all joinable nodes unconditionnally (administrators).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107672</id>
		<title>User Mnet Hosts block</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107672"/>
		<updated>2014-02-20T16:50:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Moodle 2 additions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The User Mnet Hosts block (non standard) is similar to the Mnet Hosts block except it only gives access to MNET hosts where the &lt;br /&gt;
user is allowed to jump to. Custom user profile fields will be used in a dedicated category to control&lt;br /&gt;
which hosts are in the scope of the current user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The block provides its own tools to install significant user custom fields and custom field category&lt;br /&gt;
in Moodle so the MNET output can be controlled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At its stage of developement, hiding a MNET in list of possible destination should not be considered as sufficiant in terms of security. These are not security doors, but a way to provide intelligible navigation to users depending on there profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further securisation of the door is in development plans. (back check through web service)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 2 additions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the User Mnet Hosts block for Moodle 2 has integrated two major additions : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Handling of Mahara links with some variants&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for the MultiMnet authentification method (auth/multimnet)&lt;br /&gt;
* For consistency reasons, a local primary administrator (local &amp;quot;admin&amp;quot; account) cannot roam to other nodes, unless a hardcoded configuration key is enabled ($CFG-&amp;gt;user_mnet_hosts_admin_override).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : The special case where an admin account would be allowed to roam is for a global network administrator. The origin moodle of such global administrator should be unique in the whole MNET network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No mandatory prerequisites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional prerequisite : When using MNET and managing individual access, it may be worth to get consistant user profiles including custom fields. As access control fields used by User Mnet Hosts are custom fields, this makes sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the patch discussed at http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-24549 proposes a simple patch to get user custom fields synchronization, pursuant they have been configured consistently in each MNET node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using this patch will allow users to bring their access allowance whereever they are in a Moodle Network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Multimnet authentification method is a prerequisite for building a full wired MNET moodle array.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install the block as usual:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Unzip the block package within the &#039;&#039;blocks&#039;&#039; directory of your Moodle installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Browse to the Administration -&amp;gt; notifications menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preparation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the block to operate properly, you need generating relevant access field for each &lt;br /&gt;
known MNET host in the neighbourhood. This is called synchronizing the block with&lt;br /&gt;
the MNETwork configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Global settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access to the synchronisation tool.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahara pass thru:&#039;&#039;&#039; When enabled, will not apply per user access rule to mahara registered applications. If not enabled, a registered Mahara will behave as any other registere application and will e controled on a per user basis. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other operations of the global settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The global settings will automatically create a default category for regitering access profile fields, and will create the local moodl access field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instance settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
there are no instance settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Normal operations==&lt;br /&gt;
===Using a block instance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just add an instance of this block instead of the standard Mnet Hosts block to limitate&lt;br /&gt;
the network view to allowed targets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Giving users access to an host===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit the profile of users to check or uncheck the access fields matching the hosts you allow&lt;br /&gt;
the user to see. You might change the custom fields settings for convenience so new users are&lt;br /&gt;
implicitely allowed or disallowed for a particular host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:addinstance:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows owner of this capability to add an instance in a course or front page&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:myaddinstance:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows owner of this capability to add an instance in the My page&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:accessall:&#039;&#039;&#039; Access to all joinable nodes unconditionnally (administrators).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107671</id>
		<title>User Mnet Hosts block</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107671"/>
		<updated>2014-02-20T16:47:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Normal operations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The User Mnet Hosts block (non standard) is similar to the Mnet Hosts block except it only gives access to MNET hosts where the &lt;br /&gt;
user is allowed to jump to. Custom user profile fields will be used in a dedicated category to control&lt;br /&gt;
which hosts are in the scope of the current user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The block provides its own tools to install significant user custom fields and custom field category&lt;br /&gt;
in Moodle so the MNET output can be controlled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At its stage of developement, hiding a MNET in list of possible destination should not be considered as sufficiant in terms of security. These are not security doors, but a way to provide intelligible navigation to users depending on there profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further securisation of the door is in development plans. (back check through web service)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 2 additions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the User Mnet Hosts block for Moodle 2 has integrated two major additions : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Handling of Mahara links with some variants&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for the MultiMnet authentification method (auth/multimnet)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No mandatory prerequisites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional prerequisite : When using MNET and managing individual access, it may be worth to get consistant user profiles including custom fields. As access control fields used by User Mnet Hosts are custom fields, this makes sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the patch discussed at http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-24549 proposes a simple patch to get user custom fields synchronization, pursuant they have been configured consistently in each MNET node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using this patch will allow users to bring their access allowance whereever they are in a Moodle Network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Multimnet authentification method is a prerequisite for building a full wired MNET moodle array.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install the block as usual:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Unzip the block package within the &#039;&#039;blocks&#039;&#039; directory of your Moodle installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Browse to the Administration -&amp;gt; notifications menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preparation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the block to operate properly, you need generating relevant access field for each &lt;br /&gt;
known MNET host in the neighbourhood. This is called synchronizing the block with&lt;br /&gt;
the MNETwork configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Global settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access to the synchronisation tool.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahara pass thru:&#039;&#039;&#039; When enabled, will not apply per user access rule to mahara registered applications. If not enabled, a registered Mahara will behave as any other registere application and will e controled on a per user basis. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other operations of the global settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The global settings will automatically create a default category for regitering access profile fields, and will create the local moodl access field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instance settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
there are no instance settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Normal operations==&lt;br /&gt;
===Using a block instance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just add an instance of this block instead of the standard Mnet Hosts block to limitate&lt;br /&gt;
the network view to allowed targets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Giving users access to an host===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit the profile of users to check or uncheck the access fields matching the hosts you allow&lt;br /&gt;
the user to see. You might change the custom fields settings for convenience so new users are&lt;br /&gt;
implicitely allowed or disallowed for a particular host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:addinstance:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows owner of this capability to add an instance in a course or front page&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:myaddinstance:&#039;&#039;&#039; Allows owner of this capability to add an instance in the My page&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;block/user_mnet_hosts:accessall:&#039;&#039;&#039; Access to all joinable nodes unconditionnally (administrators).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107670</id>
		<title>User Mnet Hosts block</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=User_Mnet_Hosts_block&amp;diff=107670"/>
		<updated>2014-02-20T16:43:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: Created page with &amp;quot;The User Mnet Hosts block (non standard) is similar to the Mnet Hosts block except it only gives access to MNET hosts where the  user is allowed to jump to. Custom user profil...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The User Mnet Hosts block (non standard) is similar to the Mnet Hosts block except it only gives access to MNET hosts where the &lt;br /&gt;
user is allowed to jump to. Custom user profile fields will be used in a dedicated category to control&lt;br /&gt;
which hosts are in the scope of the current user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The block provides its own tools to install significant user custom fields and custom field category&lt;br /&gt;
in Moodle so the MNET output can be controlled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At its stage of developement, hiding a MNET in list of possible destination should not be considered as sufficiant in terms of security. These are not security doors, but a way to provide intelligible navigation to users depending on there profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further securisation of the door is in development plans. (back check through web service)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 2 additions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the User Mnet Hosts block for Moodle 2 has integrated two major additions : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Handling of Mahara links with some variants&lt;br /&gt;
* Support for the MultiMnet authentification method (auth/multimnet)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prerequisites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No mandatory prerequisites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optional prerequisite : When using MNET and managing individual access, it may be worth to get consistant user profiles including custom fields. As access control fields used by User Mnet Hosts are custom fields, this makes sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the patch discussed at http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-24549 proposes a simple patch to get user custom fields synchronization, pursuant they have been configured consistently in each MNET node.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using this patch will allow users to bring their access allowance whereever they are in a Moodle Network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Multimnet authentification method is a prerequisite for building a full wired MNET moodle array.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install the block as usual:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Unzip the block package within the &#039;&#039;blocks&#039;&#039; directory of your Moodle installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Browse to the Administration -&amp;gt; notifications menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preparation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the block to operate properly, you need generating relevant access field for each &lt;br /&gt;
known MNET host in the neighbourhood. This is called synchronizing the block with&lt;br /&gt;
the MNETwork configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Global settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access to the synchronisation tool.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahara pass thru:&#039;&#039;&#039; When enabled, will not apply per user access rule to mahara registered applications. If not enabled, a registered Mahara will behave as any other registere application and will e controled on a per user basis. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other operations of the global settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The global settings will automatically create a default category for regitering access profile fields, and will create the local moodl access field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instance settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
there are no instance settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Normal operations==&lt;br /&gt;
===Using a block instance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just add an instance of this block instead of the standard Mnet Hosts block to limitate&lt;br /&gt;
the network view to allowed targets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Giving users access to an host===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit the profile of users to check or uncheck the access fields matching the hosts you allow&lt;br /&gt;
the user to see. You might change the custom fields settings for convenience so new users are&lt;br /&gt;
implicitely allowed or disallowed for a particular host.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_2D_Mapping&amp;diff=107636</id>
		<title>Cognitive operator: 2D Mapping</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_2D_Mapping&amp;diff=107636"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T17:31:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Categorize GUI */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Cognitive Factory Module|Back to index]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operator==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mapping_operator.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complexity level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Complexity is no more than 2. This is &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Operations=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summarizes nature of informational operations (exercice types) that can be setup. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summarizes the cognitive outcome of using this operator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Direct Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes the typical scenario for a Direct Workflow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes the typical scenario for one or more Reverse Workflows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes what pedagogic cognitive concepts can be discovered&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Implementation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;quantifier type:&#039;&#039;&#039; quantification can be integer or float&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;X axix label:&#039;&#039;&#039; label for X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;X min range:&#039;&#039;&#039; lowest value accepted on X&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;X max range:&#039;&#039;&#039; highest value accepted on X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Y axix label:&#039;&#039;&#039; label for Y&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Y min range:&#039;&#039;&#039; lowest value accepted on Y&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Y max range:&#039;&#039;&#039; highest value accepted on Y&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;proximity radius:&#039;&#039;&#039; Distance value for aggregating input equivalence classes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teacher options :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;blindness: &#039;&#039;&#039; See [[Cognitive Factory Module]] for complete information about blindness and privacy behaviour&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2D Mapping operation GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The essential work asked to students is to report X,Y coordinates as two independant valuators as attributes. The result of the 2D valuation will be to display the input locations on a graphic map, identify equivalency proximities, draw and analyse mediatrix and input spread.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; For each input, two valuation widgets are provided. &lt;br /&gt;
** If quantifier type is integer : use DHTMLx sliders&lt;br /&gt;
** If quantifier is float, use standard textual inputs, with number format check.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-blind:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, with average statitics : mean of all other answers, and spread indicator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full View:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, with average statitics : mean of all other answers, and spread indicator, but shown BEFORE inputing data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes what can be expected as result display and exploration GUI behaviour for each privacy mode (Blind, Semi-blind, Full view / No privacy).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Merely Display GUI are visualizing tools aiming at : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant assess himself against a teacher answer of exists&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to self-position himself in a group (knowing global trends)&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to examine the group answer structure anonimized&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to examine and argue nominatively with peers (full view)&lt;br /&gt;
* Observe and find emerging organisations from the group answers&lt;br /&gt;
* Discover how some cognitive operations work&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_2D_Mapping&amp;diff=107635</id>
		<title>Cognitive operator: 2D Mapping</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_2D_Mapping&amp;diff=107635"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T17:23:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Cognitive Factory Module|Back to index]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operator==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mapping_operator.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complexity level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Complexity is no more than 2. This is &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Operations=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summarizes nature of informational operations (exercice types) that can be setup. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summarizes the cognitive outcome of using this operator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Direct Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes the typical scenario for a Direct Workflow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes the typical scenario for one or more Reverse Workflows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes what pedagogic cognitive concepts can be discovered&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Implementation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;quantifier type:&#039;&#039;&#039; quantification can be integer or float&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;X axix label:&#039;&#039;&#039; label for X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;X min range:&#039;&#039;&#039; lowest value accepted on X&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;X max range:&#039;&#039;&#039; highest value accepted on X&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Y axix label:&#039;&#039;&#039; label for Y&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Y min range:&#039;&#039;&#039; lowest value accepted on Y&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Y max range:&#039;&#039;&#039; highest value accepted on Y&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;proximity radius:&#039;&#039;&#039; Distance value for aggregating input equivalence classes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teacher options :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;blindness: &#039;&#039;&#039; See [[Cognitive Factory Module]] for complete information about blindness and privacy behaviour&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categorize GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes what can be done and operation GUI behaviour for each privacy mode (Blind, Semi-blind, Full view / No privacy).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes what can be expected as result display and exploration GUI behaviour for each privacy mode (Blind, Semi-blind, Full view / No privacy).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Merely Display GUI are visualizing tools aiming at : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant assess himself against a teacher answer of exists&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to self-position himself in a group (knowing global trends)&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to examine the group answer structure anonimized&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to examine and argue nominatively with peers (full view)&lt;br /&gt;
* Observe and find emerging organisations from the group answers&lt;br /&gt;
* Discover how some cognitive operations work&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_2D_Mapping&amp;diff=107634</id>
		<title>Cognitive operator: 2D Mapping</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_2D_Mapping&amp;diff=107634"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T17:09:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: Created page with &amp;quot;Back to index  ==Operator==  Image:mapping_operator.gif  ===Complexity level===  Complexity is no more than 2. This is   ===Operations===   Su...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Cognitive Factory Module|Back to index]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operator==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:mapping_operator.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complexity level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Complexity is no more than 2. This is &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Operations=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summarizes nature of informational operations (exercice types) that can be setup. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summarizes the cognitive outcome of using this operator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Direct Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes the typical scenario for a Direct Workflow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes the typical scenario for one or more Reverse Workflows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes what pedagogic cognitive concepts can be discovered&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Implementation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes operator configuration parameters and expected action. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categorize GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes what can be done and operation GUI behaviour for each privacy mode (Blind, Semi-blind, Full view / No privacy).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes what can be expected as result display and exploration GUI behaviour for each privacy mode (Blind, Semi-blind, Full view / No privacy).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Merely Display GUI are visualizing tools aiming at : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant assess himself against a teacher answer of exists&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to self-position himself in a group (knowing global trends)&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to examine the group answer structure anonimized&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to examine and argue nominatively with peers (full view)&lt;br /&gt;
* Observe and find emerging organisations from the group answers&lt;br /&gt;
* Discover how some cognitive operations work&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107633</id>
		<title>Cognitive Factory Module</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107633"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:30:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Credits &amp;amp; Team */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{Note : This is a preliminary documentation in progress, while dev taskforce is working}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory modle is a final rework of the Cognitive Factory prototype designed for Moodle 1.9, subsequently redraw of the Brainstorm module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Basic Concepts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most human skills are often reductible to a set of cognitive primitives that you must be trained on for achieving tasks in the real world. A cognitive primitive is an operation that we can execute on a set of inputs. We talk about cognitive operations when input are ideas or predicates in respect to computational operations where inputs are calculable values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module proposes to exploit those operators to build kind of exercices that cannot be built with standard quizes, as proposing a complex mental operation to be performed, maybe combining several operators in the same exercice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory allows each instance to organize an exercice combining some operators and designing a workflow with those operators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organisation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module is modular and provides a set of cognitive operators that can be extended by developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is organized to run a workflow defined by the teacher, running through 5 steps (plus a final grading step). Each step of the workflow can be assigned to either a student or the teacher which multiplies the flexibility of the Cognitive Factory. When changing such step affectation the global behaviour of the exercice can change and address new pedagogic situations in the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are described the five workable steps of the cognitive exercise process :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 1: Ideas collection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users provide textual predicates (ideas) to the factory. This might be done f.e. during some among of time, before going on next steps. Ideas can be fed in a &amp;quot;single user scope&amp;quot; process (each user bringing ideas in his own space whithout collective visibility) or in a group brainstorm process, sharing ideas with the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 2 : Operations selection and setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once a pool of ideas has been collected, and enough stuff is available to &amp;quot;think&amp;quot; with, some applicable operators have to be choosen in order to build the cognitive exercice. Again, this can (usually) be done by the teacher, but there is sense the learners be asked to make this choice in some activity configuration. At the moment, this choice will be global to the activity instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 3 : Operation execution===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users are asked to use the operators to process the initial set of ideas and propose an output. This outcome is always individual, but might be influenced by less or more information visible over what other people is doing aside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 4 : Outcome display and confrontation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this phase is assumed sufficiant data has been input for results exploitation and matching or non macthing to make sense. The Display phase attemps to give users a panorama over complete responses which scope depends on overal or local privacy settings. The purpose of display layouts is to help some conclusion to emerge from the initial rough set of predicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 5 : Feedback and synthesis===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last activity step that asks to participants to write a motivated synthesis over experimentation and outcoming conslusions. This step is reduced to a simple online text editor where to write report. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra phase : Evaluation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the module is used in an evaluated process, a grade can be elaborated by graders to participate to the gradebook compilation. The evaluation only can be used by teachers (graders). In the evaluation process can a feedback be posted by teachers to users, that will display in the synthesis panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Direct Workflow and Reverse Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will talk about direct workflow not necessarily for a student application to the task, but for the most probable and trivial assignation of the task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example, in a brainstorm activity, the trivial assignation of the first step is asking students to collect ideas. We will call this the direct flow. Operators are usually designed to let students perform the operation that has been cofigured by teachers. We&#039;ll call this the direct flow again. When teacher performs the operator, this will be the reverse flow. There is a master direct flow (what the cognitive factory was initally designed for), and several reverse flows possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Master direct flow&lt;br /&gt;
**Student collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student perform operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Student analyses answer&lt;br /&gt;
**Student reports about observations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student or collectively&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reverse flow (example of)&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Student sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student performs operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher analyses answers&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Working with cognitive puzzles is known being strongly affected by interrationality factors. This means the result of a cognitive exercise will not be the same wether the appliant thinks alone, or is more or less influenced by other people in the neighbourhood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory operators integrate this variation of the exercise objectives, by providing three major configurations regarding privacy of operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;blind&amp;quot;, appliant will have no information at all about the behaviour of peers when processing the operator requirement. They will proceed the operator in a string mono-rationality, without external influence. Some statistics can be accessed on Display phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;semi-blind&amp;quot;, appliants can have some information about the peers attitude, such as global trends, that can affect the answer they give to the puzzle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing in &amp;quot;full view&amp;quot;, the appliant has full information upon the peer results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a global &amp;quot;privacy&amp;quot; switch alters the whole activity behaviour adding one privacy level : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Isolated: &#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants only use and see their own inputs (or teacher&#039;s inputs if the collect phase is assigned to teacher). No access at all to peer results (student inputs), or limited access to global trends (teacher inputs).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants WILL NOT SEE any peer information before having processed the operators once.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Informed:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants CAN SEE trends and statistics before they have processed by their own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two sessions of the same cognitive exercice could easily be setup to demonstrate this effect to students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The privacy beahaviour is summarized by the following tables: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For input collection:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! COLLECT  &lt;br /&gt;
!       &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated &lt;br /&gt;
|   I  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
|   I&amp;gt;C &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed &lt;br /&gt;
|   C   &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I : Individual answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C : Collective (Group or Course)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; : Second operation possible only if first is achieved&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For operator processing :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! PROCESSING &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind  &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|      P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)&amp;gt;T &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(C)+T+A     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P : Processing GUI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P(I) : Processing only own answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P(C) : Processing all answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T : Trends and audience stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A : Anonimized individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; : Second operation possible only if first is achieved&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For results exploration:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! DISPLAY    &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|    D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| D(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A  &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+F    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D : Display (own results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D(I) : Display only results on own answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D(C) : Display on all answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T : Trends and audience stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A : Anonimized individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F : Full individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operators==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Description template|Description template]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Categorizing|Categorizing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Ordering|Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Quantifying|Quantifying]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by elimination|Reduction by elimination]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by synthesis|Reduction by synthesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Hierarchization|Hierarchization]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: 2D Mapping|2D Mapping]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Dependencies Analysis|Dependencies Analyis and Searching Cycles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Graphing|Graphing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Credits &amp;amp; Team==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cognitive Factory is presented by the [http://www.mylearningfactory.com?lang=en_utf8 MyLearningFactory Team].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author : Valery Fremaux (valery.fremaux@gmail.com)&lt;br /&gt;
Contributors : Wafa Adham (Adham.ps Ltd).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107632</id>
		<title>Cognitive Factory Module</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107632"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:30:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Credits &amp;amp; Team */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{Note : This is a preliminary documentation in progress, while dev taskforce is working}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory modle is a final rework of the Cognitive Factory prototype designed for Moodle 1.9, subsequently redraw of the Brainstorm module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Basic Concepts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most human skills are often reductible to a set of cognitive primitives that you must be trained on for achieving tasks in the real world. A cognitive primitive is an operation that we can execute on a set of inputs. We talk about cognitive operations when input are ideas or predicates in respect to computational operations where inputs are calculable values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module proposes to exploit those operators to build kind of exercices that cannot be built with standard quizes, as proposing a complex mental operation to be performed, maybe combining several operators in the same exercice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory allows each instance to organize an exercice combining some operators and designing a workflow with those operators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organisation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module is modular and provides a set of cognitive operators that can be extended by developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is organized to run a workflow defined by the teacher, running through 5 steps (plus a final grading step). Each step of the workflow can be assigned to either a student or the teacher which multiplies the flexibility of the Cognitive Factory. When changing such step affectation the global behaviour of the exercice can change and address new pedagogic situations in the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are described the five workable steps of the cognitive exercise process :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 1: Ideas collection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users provide textual predicates (ideas) to the factory. This might be done f.e. during some among of time, before going on next steps. Ideas can be fed in a &amp;quot;single user scope&amp;quot; process (each user bringing ideas in his own space whithout collective visibility) or in a group brainstorm process, sharing ideas with the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 2 : Operations selection and setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once a pool of ideas has been collected, and enough stuff is available to &amp;quot;think&amp;quot; with, some applicable operators have to be choosen in order to build the cognitive exercice. Again, this can (usually) be done by the teacher, but there is sense the learners be asked to make this choice in some activity configuration. At the moment, this choice will be global to the activity instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 3 : Operation execution===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users are asked to use the operators to process the initial set of ideas and propose an output. This outcome is always individual, but might be influenced by less or more information visible over what other people is doing aside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 4 : Outcome display and confrontation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this phase is assumed sufficiant data has been input for results exploitation and matching or non macthing to make sense. The Display phase attemps to give users a panorama over complete responses which scope depends on overal or local privacy settings. The purpose of display layouts is to help some conclusion to emerge from the initial rough set of predicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 5 : Feedback and synthesis===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last activity step that asks to participants to write a motivated synthesis over experimentation and outcoming conslusions. This step is reduced to a simple online text editor where to write report. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra phase : Evaluation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the module is used in an evaluated process, a grade can be elaborated by graders to participate to the gradebook compilation. The evaluation only can be used by teachers (graders). In the evaluation process can a feedback be posted by teachers to users, that will display in the synthesis panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Direct Workflow and Reverse Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will talk about direct workflow not necessarily for a student application to the task, but for the most probable and trivial assignation of the task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example, in a brainstorm activity, the trivial assignation of the first step is asking students to collect ideas. We will call this the direct flow. Operators are usually designed to let students perform the operation that has been cofigured by teachers. We&#039;ll call this the direct flow again. When teacher performs the operator, this will be the reverse flow. There is a master direct flow (what the cognitive factory was initally designed for), and several reverse flows possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Master direct flow&lt;br /&gt;
**Student collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student perform operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Student analyses answer&lt;br /&gt;
**Student reports about observations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student or collectively&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reverse flow (example of)&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Student sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student performs operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher analyses answers&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Working with cognitive puzzles is known being strongly affected by interrationality factors. This means the result of a cognitive exercise will not be the same wether the appliant thinks alone, or is more or less influenced by other people in the neighbourhood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory operators integrate this variation of the exercise objectives, by providing three major configurations regarding privacy of operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;blind&amp;quot;, appliant will have no information at all about the behaviour of peers when processing the operator requirement. They will proceed the operator in a string mono-rationality, without external influence. Some statistics can be accessed on Display phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;semi-blind&amp;quot;, appliants can have some information about the peers attitude, such as global trends, that can affect the answer they give to the puzzle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing in &amp;quot;full view&amp;quot;, the appliant has full information upon the peer results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a global &amp;quot;privacy&amp;quot; switch alters the whole activity behaviour adding one privacy level : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Isolated: &#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants only use and see their own inputs (or teacher&#039;s inputs if the collect phase is assigned to teacher). No access at all to peer results (student inputs), or limited access to global trends (teacher inputs).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants WILL NOT SEE any peer information before having processed the operators once.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Informed:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants CAN SEE trends and statistics before they have processed by their own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two sessions of the same cognitive exercice could easily be setup to demonstrate this effect to students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The privacy beahaviour is summarized by the following tables: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For input collection:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! COLLECT  &lt;br /&gt;
!       &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated &lt;br /&gt;
|   I  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
|   I&amp;gt;C &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed &lt;br /&gt;
|   C   &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I : Individual answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C : Collective (Group or Course)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; : Second operation possible only if first is achieved&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For operator processing :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! PROCESSING &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind  &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|      P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)&amp;gt;T &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(C)+T+A     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P : Processing GUI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P(I) : Processing only own answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P(C) : Processing all answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T : Trends and audience stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A : Anonimized individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; : Second operation possible only if first is achieved&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For results exploration:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! DISPLAY    &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|    D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| D(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A  &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+F    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D : Display (own results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D(I) : Display only results on own answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D(C) : Display on all answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T : Trends and audience stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A : Anonimized individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F : Full individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operators==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Description template|Description template]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Categorizing|Categorizing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Ordering|Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Quantifying|Quantifying]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by elimination|Reduction by elimination]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by synthesis|Reduction by synthesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Hierarchization|Hierarchization]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: 2D Mapping|2D Mapping]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Dependencies Analysis|Dependencies Analyis and Searching Cycles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Graphing|Graphing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Credits &amp;amp; Team==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cognitive Factory is presented by the [http://www.mylearningfactory.com?lang=en MyLearningFactory Team].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author : Valery Fremaux (valery.fremaux@gmail.com)&lt;br /&gt;
Contributors : Wafa Adham (Adham.ps Ltd).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107631</id>
		<title>Cognitive Factory Module</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107631"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:29:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Credits &amp;amp; Team */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{Note : This is a preliminary documentation in progress, while dev taskforce is working}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory modle is a final rework of the Cognitive Factory prototype designed for Moodle 1.9, subsequently redraw of the Brainstorm module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Basic Concepts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most human skills are often reductible to a set of cognitive primitives that you must be trained on for achieving tasks in the real world. A cognitive primitive is an operation that we can execute on a set of inputs. We talk about cognitive operations when input are ideas or predicates in respect to computational operations where inputs are calculable values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module proposes to exploit those operators to build kind of exercices that cannot be built with standard quizes, as proposing a complex mental operation to be performed, maybe combining several operators in the same exercice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory allows each instance to organize an exercice combining some operators and designing a workflow with those operators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organisation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module is modular and provides a set of cognitive operators that can be extended by developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is organized to run a workflow defined by the teacher, running through 5 steps (plus a final grading step). Each step of the workflow can be assigned to either a student or the teacher which multiplies the flexibility of the Cognitive Factory. When changing such step affectation the global behaviour of the exercice can change and address new pedagogic situations in the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are described the five workable steps of the cognitive exercise process :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 1: Ideas collection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users provide textual predicates (ideas) to the factory. This might be done f.e. during some among of time, before going on next steps. Ideas can be fed in a &amp;quot;single user scope&amp;quot; process (each user bringing ideas in his own space whithout collective visibility) or in a group brainstorm process, sharing ideas with the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 2 : Operations selection and setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once a pool of ideas has been collected, and enough stuff is available to &amp;quot;think&amp;quot; with, some applicable operators have to be choosen in order to build the cognitive exercice. Again, this can (usually) be done by the teacher, but there is sense the learners be asked to make this choice in some activity configuration. At the moment, this choice will be global to the activity instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 3 : Operation execution===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users are asked to use the operators to process the initial set of ideas and propose an output. This outcome is always individual, but might be influenced by less or more information visible over what other people is doing aside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 4 : Outcome display and confrontation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this phase is assumed sufficiant data has been input for results exploitation and matching or non macthing to make sense. The Display phase attemps to give users a panorama over complete responses which scope depends on overal or local privacy settings. The purpose of display layouts is to help some conclusion to emerge from the initial rough set of predicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 5 : Feedback and synthesis===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last activity step that asks to participants to write a motivated synthesis over experimentation and outcoming conslusions. This step is reduced to a simple online text editor where to write report. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra phase : Evaluation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the module is used in an evaluated process, a grade can be elaborated by graders to participate to the gradebook compilation. The evaluation only can be used by teachers (graders). In the evaluation process can a feedback be posted by teachers to users, that will display in the synthesis panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Direct Workflow and Reverse Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will talk about direct workflow not necessarily for a student application to the task, but for the most probable and trivial assignation of the task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example, in a brainstorm activity, the trivial assignation of the first step is asking students to collect ideas. We will call this the direct flow. Operators are usually designed to let students perform the operation that has been cofigured by teachers. We&#039;ll call this the direct flow again. When teacher performs the operator, this will be the reverse flow. There is a master direct flow (what the cognitive factory was initally designed for), and several reverse flows possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Master direct flow&lt;br /&gt;
**Student collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student perform operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Student analyses answer&lt;br /&gt;
**Student reports about observations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student or collectively&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reverse flow (example of)&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Student sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student performs operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher analyses answers&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Working with cognitive puzzles is known being strongly affected by interrationality factors. This means the result of a cognitive exercise will not be the same wether the appliant thinks alone, or is more or less influenced by other people in the neighbourhood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory operators integrate this variation of the exercise objectives, by providing three major configurations regarding privacy of operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;blind&amp;quot;, appliant will have no information at all about the behaviour of peers when processing the operator requirement. They will proceed the operator in a string mono-rationality, without external influence. Some statistics can be accessed on Display phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;semi-blind&amp;quot;, appliants can have some information about the peers attitude, such as global trends, that can affect the answer they give to the puzzle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing in &amp;quot;full view&amp;quot;, the appliant has full information upon the peer results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a global &amp;quot;privacy&amp;quot; switch alters the whole activity behaviour adding one privacy level : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Isolated: &#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants only use and see their own inputs (or teacher&#039;s inputs if the collect phase is assigned to teacher). No access at all to peer results (student inputs), or limited access to global trends (teacher inputs).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants WILL NOT SEE any peer information before having processed the operators once.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Informed:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants CAN SEE trends and statistics before they have processed by their own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two sessions of the same cognitive exercice could easily be setup to demonstrate this effect to students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The privacy beahaviour is summarized by the following tables: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For input collection:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! COLLECT  &lt;br /&gt;
!       &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated &lt;br /&gt;
|   I  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
|   I&amp;gt;C &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed &lt;br /&gt;
|   C   &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I : Individual answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C : Collective (Group or Course)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; : Second operation possible only if first is achieved&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For operator processing :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! PROCESSING &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind  &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|      P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)&amp;gt;T &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(C)+T+A     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P : Processing GUI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P(I) : Processing only own answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P(C) : Processing all answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T : Trends and audience stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A : Anonimized individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; : Second operation possible only if first is achieved&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For results exploration:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! DISPLAY    &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|    D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| D(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A  &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+F    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D : Display (own results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D(I) : Display only results on own answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D(C) : Display on all answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T : Trends and audience stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A : Anonimized individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F : Full individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operators==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Description template|Description template]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Categorizing|Categorizing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Ordering|Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Quantifying|Quantifying]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by elimination|Reduction by elimination]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by synthesis|Reduction by synthesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Hierarchization|Hierarchization]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: 2D Mapping|2D Mapping]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Dependencies Analysis|Dependencies Analyis and Searching Cycles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Graphing|Graphing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Credits &amp;amp; Team==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cognitive Factory is presented by the [[http://www.mylearningfactory.com|MyLearningFactory Team]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author : Valery Fremaux (valery.fremaux@gmail.com)&lt;br /&gt;
Contributors : Wafa Adham (Adham.ps Ltd).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107630</id>
		<title>Cognitive Factory Module</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107630"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:28:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Credits &amp;amp; Team */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{Note : This is a preliminary documentation in progress, while dev taskforce is working}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory modle is a final rework of the Cognitive Factory prototype designed for Moodle 1.9, subsequently redraw of the Brainstorm module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Basic Concepts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most human skills are often reductible to a set of cognitive primitives that you must be trained on for achieving tasks in the real world. A cognitive primitive is an operation that we can execute on a set of inputs. We talk about cognitive operations when input are ideas or predicates in respect to computational operations where inputs are calculable values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module proposes to exploit those operators to build kind of exercices that cannot be built with standard quizes, as proposing a complex mental operation to be performed, maybe combining several operators in the same exercice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory allows each instance to organize an exercice combining some operators and designing a workflow with those operators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organisation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module is modular and provides a set of cognitive operators that can be extended by developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is organized to run a workflow defined by the teacher, running through 5 steps (plus a final grading step). Each step of the workflow can be assigned to either a student or the teacher which multiplies the flexibility of the Cognitive Factory. When changing such step affectation the global behaviour of the exercice can change and address new pedagogic situations in the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are described the five workable steps of the cognitive exercise process :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 1: Ideas collection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users provide textual predicates (ideas) to the factory. This might be done f.e. during some among of time, before going on next steps. Ideas can be fed in a &amp;quot;single user scope&amp;quot; process (each user bringing ideas in his own space whithout collective visibility) or in a group brainstorm process, sharing ideas with the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 2 : Operations selection and setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once a pool of ideas has been collected, and enough stuff is available to &amp;quot;think&amp;quot; with, some applicable operators have to be choosen in order to build the cognitive exercice. Again, this can (usually) be done by the teacher, but there is sense the learners be asked to make this choice in some activity configuration. At the moment, this choice will be global to the activity instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 3 : Operation execution===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users are asked to use the operators to process the initial set of ideas and propose an output. This outcome is always individual, but might be influenced by less or more information visible over what other people is doing aside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 4 : Outcome display and confrontation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this phase is assumed sufficiant data has been input for results exploitation and matching or non macthing to make sense. The Display phase attemps to give users a panorama over complete responses which scope depends on overal or local privacy settings. The purpose of display layouts is to help some conclusion to emerge from the initial rough set of predicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 5 : Feedback and synthesis===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last activity step that asks to participants to write a motivated synthesis over experimentation and outcoming conslusions. This step is reduced to a simple online text editor where to write report. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra phase : Evaluation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the module is used in an evaluated process, a grade can be elaborated by graders to participate to the gradebook compilation. The evaluation only can be used by teachers (graders). In the evaluation process can a feedback be posted by teachers to users, that will display in the synthesis panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Direct Workflow and Reverse Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will talk about direct workflow not necessarily for a student application to the task, but for the most probable and trivial assignation of the task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example, in a brainstorm activity, the trivial assignation of the first step is asking students to collect ideas. We will call this the direct flow. Operators are usually designed to let students perform the operation that has been cofigured by teachers. We&#039;ll call this the direct flow again. When teacher performs the operator, this will be the reverse flow. There is a master direct flow (what the cognitive factory was initally designed for), and several reverse flows possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Master direct flow&lt;br /&gt;
**Student collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student perform operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Student analyses answer&lt;br /&gt;
**Student reports about observations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student or collectively&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reverse flow (example of)&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Student sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student performs operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher analyses answers&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Working with cognitive puzzles is known being strongly affected by interrationality factors. This means the result of a cognitive exercise will not be the same wether the appliant thinks alone, or is more or less influenced by other people in the neighbourhood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory operators integrate this variation of the exercise objectives, by providing three major configurations regarding privacy of operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;blind&amp;quot;, appliant will have no information at all about the behaviour of peers when processing the operator requirement. They will proceed the operator in a string mono-rationality, without external influence. Some statistics can be accessed on Display phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;semi-blind&amp;quot;, appliants can have some information about the peers attitude, such as global trends, that can affect the answer they give to the puzzle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing in &amp;quot;full view&amp;quot;, the appliant has full information upon the peer results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a global &amp;quot;privacy&amp;quot; switch alters the whole activity behaviour adding one privacy level : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Isolated: &#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants only use and see their own inputs (or teacher&#039;s inputs if the collect phase is assigned to teacher). No access at all to peer results (student inputs), or limited access to global trends (teacher inputs).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants WILL NOT SEE any peer information before having processed the operators once.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Informed:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants CAN SEE trends and statistics before they have processed by their own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two sessions of the same cognitive exercice could easily be setup to demonstrate this effect to students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The privacy beahaviour is summarized by the following tables: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For input collection:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! COLLECT  &lt;br /&gt;
!       &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated &lt;br /&gt;
|   I  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
|   I&amp;gt;C &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed &lt;br /&gt;
|   C   &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I : Individual answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C : Collective (Group or Course)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; : Second operation possible only if first is achieved&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For operator processing :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! PROCESSING &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind  &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|      P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)&amp;gt;T &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(C)+T+A     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P : Processing GUI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P(I) : Processing only own answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P(C) : Processing all answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T : Trends and audience stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A : Anonimized individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; : Second operation possible only if first is achieved&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For results exploration:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! DISPLAY    &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|    D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| D(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A  &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+F    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D : Display (own results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D(I) : Display only results on own answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D(C) : Display on all answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T : Trends and audience stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A : Anonimized individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F : Full individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operators==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Description template|Description template]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Categorizing|Categorizing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Ordering|Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Quantifying|Quantifying]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by elimination|Reduction by elimination]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by synthesis|Reduction by synthesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Hierarchization|Hierarchization]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: 2D Mapping|2D Mapping]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Dependencies Analysis|Dependencies Analyis and Searching Cycles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Graphing|Graphing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Credits &amp;amp; Team==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cognitive Factory is presented by the [[http://www.mylearningfactory.com\?lang=en | MyLearningFactory Team]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author : Valery Fremaux (valery.fremaux@gmail.com)&lt;br /&gt;
Contributors : Wafa Adham (Adham.ps Ltd).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107629</id>
		<title>Cognitive Factory Module</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107629"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:28:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Credits &amp;amp; Team */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{Note : This is a preliminary documentation in progress, while dev taskforce is working}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory modle is a final rework of the Cognitive Factory prototype designed for Moodle 1.9, subsequently redraw of the Brainstorm module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Basic Concepts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most human skills are often reductible to a set of cognitive primitives that you must be trained on for achieving tasks in the real world. A cognitive primitive is an operation that we can execute on a set of inputs. We talk about cognitive operations when input are ideas or predicates in respect to computational operations where inputs are calculable values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module proposes to exploit those operators to build kind of exercices that cannot be built with standard quizes, as proposing a complex mental operation to be performed, maybe combining several operators in the same exercice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory allows each instance to organize an exercice combining some operators and designing a workflow with those operators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organisation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module is modular and provides a set of cognitive operators that can be extended by developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is organized to run a workflow defined by the teacher, running through 5 steps (plus a final grading step). Each step of the workflow can be assigned to either a student or the teacher which multiplies the flexibility of the Cognitive Factory. When changing such step affectation the global behaviour of the exercice can change and address new pedagogic situations in the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are described the five workable steps of the cognitive exercise process :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 1: Ideas collection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users provide textual predicates (ideas) to the factory. This might be done f.e. during some among of time, before going on next steps. Ideas can be fed in a &amp;quot;single user scope&amp;quot; process (each user bringing ideas in his own space whithout collective visibility) or in a group brainstorm process, sharing ideas with the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 2 : Operations selection and setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once a pool of ideas has been collected, and enough stuff is available to &amp;quot;think&amp;quot; with, some applicable operators have to be choosen in order to build the cognitive exercice. Again, this can (usually) be done by the teacher, but there is sense the learners be asked to make this choice in some activity configuration. At the moment, this choice will be global to the activity instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 3 : Operation execution===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users are asked to use the operators to process the initial set of ideas and propose an output. This outcome is always individual, but might be influenced by less or more information visible over what other people is doing aside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 4 : Outcome display and confrontation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this phase is assumed sufficiant data has been input for results exploitation and matching or non macthing to make sense. The Display phase attemps to give users a panorama over complete responses which scope depends on overal or local privacy settings. The purpose of display layouts is to help some conclusion to emerge from the initial rough set of predicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 5 : Feedback and synthesis===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last activity step that asks to participants to write a motivated synthesis over experimentation and outcoming conslusions. This step is reduced to a simple online text editor where to write report. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra phase : Evaluation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the module is used in an evaluated process, a grade can be elaborated by graders to participate to the gradebook compilation. The evaluation only can be used by teachers (graders). In the evaluation process can a feedback be posted by teachers to users, that will display in the synthesis panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Direct Workflow and Reverse Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will talk about direct workflow not necessarily for a student application to the task, but for the most probable and trivial assignation of the task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example, in a brainstorm activity, the trivial assignation of the first step is asking students to collect ideas. We will call this the direct flow. Operators are usually designed to let students perform the operation that has been cofigured by teachers. We&#039;ll call this the direct flow again. When teacher performs the operator, this will be the reverse flow. There is a master direct flow (what the cognitive factory was initally designed for), and several reverse flows possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Master direct flow&lt;br /&gt;
**Student collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student perform operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Student analyses answer&lt;br /&gt;
**Student reports about observations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student or collectively&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reverse flow (example of)&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Student sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student performs operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher analyses answers&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Working with cognitive puzzles is known being strongly affected by interrationality factors. This means the result of a cognitive exercise will not be the same wether the appliant thinks alone, or is more or less influenced by other people in the neighbourhood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory operators integrate this variation of the exercise objectives, by providing three major configurations regarding privacy of operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;blind&amp;quot;, appliant will have no information at all about the behaviour of peers when processing the operator requirement. They will proceed the operator in a string mono-rationality, without external influence. Some statistics can be accessed on Display phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;semi-blind&amp;quot;, appliants can have some information about the peers attitude, such as global trends, that can affect the answer they give to the puzzle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing in &amp;quot;full view&amp;quot;, the appliant has full information upon the peer results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a global &amp;quot;privacy&amp;quot; switch alters the whole activity behaviour adding one privacy level : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Isolated: &#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants only use and see their own inputs (or teacher&#039;s inputs if the collect phase is assigned to teacher). No access at all to peer results (student inputs), or limited access to global trends (teacher inputs).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants WILL NOT SEE any peer information before having processed the operators once.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Informed:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants CAN SEE trends and statistics before they have processed by their own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two sessions of the same cognitive exercice could easily be setup to demonstrate this effect to students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The privacy beahaviour is summarized by the following tables: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For input collection:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! COLLECT  &lt;br /&gt;
!       &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated &lt;br /&gt;
|   I  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
|   I&amp;gt;C &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed &lt;br /&gt;
|   C   &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I : Individual answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C : Collective (Group or Course)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; : Second operation possible only if first is achieved&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For operator processing :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! PROCESSING &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind  &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|      P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)&amp;gt;T &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(C)+T+A     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P : Processing GUI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P(I) : Processing only own answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P(C) : Processing all answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T : Trends and audience stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A : Anonimized individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; : Second operation possible only if first is achieved&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For results exploration:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! DISPLAY    &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|    D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| D(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A  &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+F    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D : Display (own results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D(I) : Display only results on own answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D(C) : Display on all answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T : Trends and audience stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A : Anonimized individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F : Full individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operators==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Description template|Description template]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Categorizing|Categorizing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Ordering|Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Quantifying|Quantifying]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by elimination|Reduction by elimination]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by synthesis|Reduction by synthesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Hierarchization|Hierarchization]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: 2D Mapping|2D Mapping]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Dependencies Analysis|Dependencies Analyis and Searching Cycles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Graphing|Graphing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Credits &amp;amp; Team==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cognitive Factory is presented by the [[http://www.mylearningfactory.com?lang=en | MyLearningFactory Team]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author : Valery Fremaux (valery.fremaux@gmail.com)&lt;br /&gt;
Contributors : Wafa Adham (Adham.ps Ltd).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107628</id>
		<title>Cognitive Factory Module</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107628"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:27:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Operators */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{Note : This is a preliminary documentation in progress, while dev taskforce is working}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory modle is a final rework of the Cognitive Factory prototype designed for Moodle 1.9, subsequently redraw of the Brainstorm module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Basic Concepts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most human skills are often reductible to a set of cognitive primitives that you must be trained on for achieving tasks in the real world. A cognitive primitive is an operation that we can execute on a set of inputs. We talk about cognitive operations when input are ideas or predicates in respect to computational operations where inputs are calculable values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module proposes to exploit those operators to build kind of exercices that cannot be built with standard quizes, as proposing a complex mental operation to be performed, maybe combining several operators in the same exercice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory allows each instance to organize an exercice combining some operators and designing a workflow with those operators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organisation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module is modular and provides a set of cognitive operators that can be extended by developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is organized to run a workflow defined by the teacher, running through 5 steps (plus a final grading step). Each step of the workflow can be assigned to either a student or the teacher which multiplies the flexibility of the Cognitive Factory. When changing such step affectation the global behaviour of the exercice can change and address new pedagogic situations in the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are described the five workable steps of the cognitive exercise process :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 1: Ideas collection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users provide textual predicates (ideas) to the factory. This might be done f.e. during some among of time, before going on next steps. Ideas can be fed in a &amp;quot;single user scope&amp;quot; process (each user bringing ideas in his own space whithout collective visibility) or in a group brainstorm process, sharing ideas with the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 2 : Operations selection and setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once a pool of ideas has been collected, and enough stuff is available to &amp;quot;think&amp;quot; with, some applicable operators have to be choosen in order to build the cognitive exercice. Again, this can (usually) be done by the teacher, but there is sense the learners be asked to make this choice in some activity configuration. At the moment, this choice will be global to the activity instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 3 : Operation execution===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users are asked to use the operators to process the initial set of ideas and propose an output. This outcome is always individual, but might be influenced by less or more information visible over what other people is doing aside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 4 : Outcome display and confrontation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this phase is assumed sufficiant data has been input for results exploitation and matching or non macthing to make sense. The Display phase attemps to give users a panorama over complete responses which scope depends on overal or local privacy settings. The purpose of display layouts is to help some conclusion to emerge from the initial rough set of predicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 5 : Feedback and synthesis===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last activity step that asks to participants to write a motivated synthesis over experimentation and outcoming conslusions. This step is reduced to a simple online text editor where to write report. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra phase : Evaluation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the module is used in an evaluated process, a grade can be elaborated by graders to participate to the gradebook compilation. The evaluation only can be used by teachers (graders). In the evaluation process can a feedback be posted by teachers to users, that will display in the synthesis panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Direct Workflow and Reverse Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will talk about direct workflow not necessarily for a student application to the task, but for the most probable and trivial assignation of the task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example, in a brainstorm activity, the trivial assignation of the first step is asking students to collect ideas. We will call this the direct flow. Operators are usually designed to let students perform the operation that has been cofigured by teachers. We&#039;ll call this the direct flow again. When teacher performs the operator, this will be the reverse flow. There is a master direct flow (what the cognitive factory was initally designed for), and several reverse flows possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Master direct flow&lt;br /&gt;
**Student collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student perform operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Student analyses answer&lt;br /&gt;
**Student reports about observations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student or collectively&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reverse flow (example of)&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Student sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student performs operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher analyses answers&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Working with cognitive puzzles is known being strongly affected by interrationality factors. This means the result of a cognitive exercise will not be the same wether the appliant thinks alone, or is more or less influenced by other people in the neighbourhood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory operators integrate this variation of the exercise objectives, by providing three major configurations regarding privacy of operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;blind&amp;quot;, appliant will have no information at all about the behaviour of peers when processing the operator requirement. They will proceed the operator in a string mono-rationality, without external influence. Some statistics can be accessed on Display phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;semi-blind&amp;quot;, appliants can have some information about the peers attitude, such as global trends, that can affect the answer they give to the puzzle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing in &amp;quot;full view&amp;quot;, the appliant has full information upon the peer results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a global &amp;quot;privacy&amp;quot; switch alters the whole activity behaviour adding one privacy level : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Isolated: &#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants only use and see their own inputs (or teacher&#039;s inputs if the collect phase is assigned to teacher). No access at all to peer results (student inputs), or limited access to global trends (teacher inputs).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants WILL NOT SEE any peer information before having processed the operators once.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Informed:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants CAN SEE trends and statistics before they have processed by their own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two sessions of the same cognitive exercice could easily be setup to demonstrate this effect to students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The privacy beahaviour is summarized by the following tables: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For input collection:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! COLLECT  &lt;br /&gt;
!       &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated &lt;br /&gt;
|   I  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
|   I&amp;gt;C &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed &lt;br /&gt;
|   C   &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I : Individual answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C : Collective (Group or Course)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; : Second operation possible only if first is achieved&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For operator processing :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! PROCESSING &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind  &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|      P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)&amp;gt;T &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(C)+T+A     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P : Processing GUI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P(I) : Processing only own answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P(C) : Processing all answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T : Trends and audience stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A : Anonimized individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; : Second operation possible only if first is achieved&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For results exploration:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! DISPLAY    &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|    D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| D(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A  &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+F    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D : Display (own results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D(I) : Display only results on own answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D(C) : Display on all answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T : Trends and audience stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A : Anonimized individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F : Full individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operators==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Description template|Description template]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Categorizing|Categorizing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Ordering|Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Quantifying|Quantifying]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by elimination|Reduction by elimination]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by synthesis|Reduction by synthesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Hierarchization|Hierarchization]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: 2D Mapping|2D Mapping]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Dependencies Analysis|Dependencies Analyis and Searching Cycles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Graphing|Graphing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Credits &amp;amp; Team==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cognitive Factory is presented by the [[http://www.mylearningfactory.com?lang=en|MyLearningFactory Team]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author : Valery Fremaux (valery.fremaux@gmail.com)&lt;br /&gt;
Contributors : Wafa Adham (Adham.ps Ltd).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Reduction_by_synthesis&amp;diff=107627</id>
		<title>Cognitive operator: Reduction by synthesis</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Reduction_by_synthesis&amp;diff=107627"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:25:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Cognitive Factory Module|Back to index]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operator==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:merge_operator.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complexity level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Complexity level of this operator is fractal, between 1 and 2, as this is a reduction of set to a smaller scale, while keeping the global meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Operations=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Choose inputs that can be worked together for a reduction.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Choose one of the inputs as significant synthesis, or propose a new predicate as merged input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reduction of a large set of input not always can be solved by simple elimination, as some valuable information can exist in less pregnant inputs. The merge operator let eliminate surnumerous inputs, while offerign a way to draw a merged input and keep vlauable information from ideas that will be discarded by the way. This exercice is typical when summmarizing texts or meeting notes and try to keep the essential value of a big mass of information that cannot be handled reasonabiliy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The operator provides an explicit tool to do this summarizing operation, with adjustable constraints.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Direct Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Students brainstorm and add collectively predicates&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher enables and setup a merge operator, with rest to reduce inputs to some definite number&lt;br /&gt;
# Students operate separately the merge on their own merging board&lt;br /&gt;
# Students observe and analyse other&#039;s ideas&lt;br /&gt;
# Student report and argue about what can be valuable&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher feedbacks and grades.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario would be likely completed with a collective final Wiki to produce a final version, collectively agreed&lt;br /&gt;
of the summary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse Workflow Example===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher setup inputs to be reduced by students&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher enables and setup a merge operator, with rest to reduce inputs to some definite number&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher merges as a teacher answer&lt;br /&gt;
# Students operate separately the merge on their own merging board&lt;br /&gt;
# Students report about their merge, explaining and justifying&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher analyses work, by displaying pair match or global view&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher feedbacks collectively or individually and grades.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operator can allow teacher to explain the techniques that operate when identifying ideas that could be merged (similarities, redundancy) and can explain how predicates give or not additional informatoin. Teacher can also demonstrate how a merge can be processed as a common cognitive technique to reduce things to essential while having a chance to keep all what is valuable in each original input set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Implementation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;number of output:&#039;&#039;&#039; The number of final predicates that must be obtained by reduction.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;allow source reduction:&#039;&#039;&#039; If allowed, students can use the result of one merge to reduce the original source set back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teacher options &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;blindness:&#039;&#039;&#039;  See [[Cognitive Factory Module]] for complete information about blindness and privacy behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categorize GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main GUI is dedicated to process to source reduction, by assigning some input ideas to a merge group and choose the merge output for the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; The user will not have any information about the environment. (forced by Isolated global privacy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; The GUI adds for each input its preselection statistics from all other peers. The total amount of &amp;quot;new predicates&amp;quot; is also mentionned. Statistics are shown after the participant&#039;s merge is done. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full view mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, but answer statistics are shown also before participant has answered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** If teacher has answered, then a pair comparison to teacher&#039; choise is shown as assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
** If teacher has not answered, the result of merge is shown, with statistics upon the environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, with statistics (number of choices as output, new predicates amount). In addition, an anonymized table of individual results with matching indicators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full view:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, but the global table of results is not anonymized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Large audience effect : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the audience becomes too large, the global result tables need to be sliced into pages.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Reduction_by_elimination&amp;diff=107626</id>
		<title>Cognitive operator: Reduction by elimination</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Reduction_by_elimination&amp;diff=107626"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:24:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Cognitive Factory Module|Back to index]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operator==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:elimination_operator.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complexity level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Complexity of this oprator is 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Operations=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Operation 1 : Eliminate inputs untill reaching the expected remainder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operator will allow to work the elimination and &amp;quot;decision to discard&amp;quot; process. Depending on the requirement, the elimination of inputs can be univoque (f.e : eliminate all inputs that are NOT animals), merely because addressin an objective evaluation of acceptance, or can be more fuzzy, in case calling to subjectiveness, or when inputs do not present a clear and neat match with the requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Direct Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Students collectively inputs a list of items&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher setup the operator and requirements&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher makes a teacher choice, standing for expected result (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
* Students are asked to make their choice&lt;br /&gt;
* Students explore other answers, self positionning in environmental information, and scores&lt;br /&gt;
* Students report by arguing about their reasons and choices&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher feedbacks individually or collectively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pragmatic application : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Give ideas for the Spring school trip, and brainstorm proposals to extract 3 awarded destinations&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher inputs a list of items&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher setup the operator and requirements&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher makes a teacher choice, standing for expected result (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
* Students are asked to make their choice&lt;br /&gt;
* Students explore other answers, and self positionning in environemental information&lt;br /&gt;
* Students report by arguing about their reasons&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher feedbacks individually or collectively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Discard all non poetic styled sentences in a list&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operator can be used to demonstrate :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* interrationality of choices that can diverge for cultural, societal, background, or contextual reasons &lt;br /&gt;
* the difficulty of weighting and deciding to eliminate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Implementation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;final amount of items:&#039;&#039;&#039; fixes the amount of items each participant must keep (by deduction how many there should be eliminated)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;discard more than required:&#039;&#039;&#039; if enabled, allows participant to discard more items, (including all).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teacher setting : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;allow source reduction:&#039;&#039;&#039; Yet to refine concept : if enabled, allows retroaction of a choice on the source set by removing eliminated answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;blindness:&#039;&#039;&#039; See [[Cognitive Factory Module]] for complete information about blindness and privacy behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categorize GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Operator GUI is a simple GUI that allows checking inputs to discard untill constraint is reached. Scalability concerns should address what happens for very big lists of items (&amp;gt; 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; No information is given to user before the Display step is enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; In semi-blind mode, after all answers have been given, a sum of how many positive votes have been given for each answer is displayed, along with percentage rate over all the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full View mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, but displayed before answers are given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode&#039;&#039;&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
** If teacher has given answer, will give matching information compared to teacher, with a global match count indicator&lt;br /&gt;
** If teacher has not given answer, will give answer summary against a global votes count in the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi Blind Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, but adding a global anonymous table of all answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full View Mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; Global answer table is not anymore anonymous, and GUI provides mean to pair compare participant answer to other peer.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Ordering&amp;diff=107625</id>
		<title>Cognitive operator: Ordering</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Ordering&amp;diff=107625"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:23:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Cognitive Factory Module|Back to index]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operator==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ordering_operator.gif]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complexity level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ordering operator is of complexity 1, as there is only one arrangement action on a linear problem dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Operations=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Operation 1 : Define order of the input set from &amp;quot;LESS&amp;quot; to a &amp;quot;MOST&amp;quot; value of some criteria defined in teacher&#039;s requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A typical exercise that precedes complex decision making is ordering things in a rough, non quantitative &amp;quot;more than&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;less than&amp;quot; feeling applied to inputs. Ordering can be a simple exercice when inputs and requirements match onto a measurable attribute, f.e. : it is simple to order historical facts based on dates. Ordering more &amp;quot;conceptual&amp;quot; predicates that are less related to measurable or valuable (thus comparable) attribute, or that have multiple valuable attributes not clearly related to teacher&#039;s requirement can become a bit hard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Algorithms==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main algorithm in this operator is defining a comparison between two ordering from distinct users, in order to get a quantifiable metric of the divergence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the start point of a usable metric is the algorithm that counts the number of permuations that is needed to start from one ordered list and to reach the other as end point. F.e. say a first student answers A,B,C,D,E, and the second answers B,A,C,D,E. One unique permutation of A,B is necessary to get list 2 from list 1. Say a third student answers F,B,C,D,E, the number of permutation (sum of absolute position shifts of each member) is 12. So here we can say student 3 is further than student 2 from student 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second step for refining metric will consider position in the list 1. Inverting top members of the list, or last members has not the same meaning on decision shift : B,A,C,D,E needs to be closer to A,B,C,D,E than A,B,C,E,D. This is not rendered by our first calculation. We can refine the calculation by multiplying each local shift by the relative weight of the item in the reference user : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Say user 1 is the reference : A,B,C,D,E will be default assigned to weights : 5,4,3,2,1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus shift metric of user 2 is now : 1*5 + 1*4 + 0*3 + 0*2 + 0*1 = 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shift metric of user 3 is now : 0*5 + 0*4 + 0*3 + 1*2 + 1*1 = 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In which we can now say that use 3 is &amp;quot;nearer choice&amp;quot; to user 1 than user 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ordering Operator: More theoretical development on metric model|More theoretical development on metric model]] (to be done)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ref http://www-poleia.lip6.fr/~marcin/papers/Lesot_EGC_09.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Direct Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a direct scenario, the students must order a set of &amp;quot;things&amp;quot; against a requirement the teacher has given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non valuated version&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher provides a set of choosen inputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher setup the exercice and writes requirement (&amp;quot;Order by xxxxx using yyyy&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Student processes order&lt;br /&gt;
* Student checks his own order against the environment (peer trends in semi-blind mode, or direct peer answers in full view mode)&lt;br /&gt;
* Student report about his choice and argue in report&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher gives final feedback to peers or globally&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evaluated version&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher provides a set of choosen inputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher setup the exercice and writes requirement (&amp;quot;Order by xxxxx using yyyy&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher makes the &amp;quot;teacher version&amp;quot; of the ordering, standing to the the &amp;quot;good answer&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Student processes order&lt;br /&gt;
* Student checks his order against teacher&#039;s order and get shift evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher feedbacks if required &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a reverse scenario, the teacher needs order a set of proposals given by the students and give feedback about his choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Students collectively input some proposals&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher setup the Ordering operator&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher makes ordering&lt;br /&gt;
* Students observe teacher&#039;s anwers&lt;br /&gt;
* Students can accessorily order themselves as counter submission&lt;br /&gt;
* Student report and argue on teacher&#039;s choice&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher gives final feedback&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Help to discover the concept of &amp;quot;comparable&amp;quot; and what makes things easier to compare when a valuation attribute can be found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Implementation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;absolute order:&#039;&#039;&#039; When absolute order, there is no way to accept some inputs may be equal to other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Can replay:&#039;&#039;&#039; The participant will be able to update his answers event after trends or feedback has been given&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only for teachers :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Blindness:&#039;&#039;&#039; See [[Cognitive Factory Module]] for complete information about blindness and privacy behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categorize GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Master part of the GUI is dedicated to let the participant order the list. First model in prototype provides a simple flat table with &#039;up&#039; and &#039;down&#039; controls. This might be not very operable for big lists of more than 10 inputs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO : Find a drag&amp;amp;drop method for easier reordering / Find a nice way to handle big lists (30, 50 items)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; The user just orders the items. No trends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; The user orders the items, and is given a global &#039;average&#039; trends about match or no match position of each item (number of choices of this item at the same location / percentage of choices over all given answers of this item at this location). Trends are displayed once one answer is given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full View mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, but the trend is displayed BEFORE first answer is given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====An alternate method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On big lists, or lists of &amp;quot;things&amp;quot; that are not trivially comparable, an alternate method for ordering consists in reducing the global view to a narrower choice (pair comparison) and process locally all comparisons (its usually easier to compare one to one than having to place one item at a definite rank into a list, which cognitively implies a much more complex operation involving global decision).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results of the pair comparison are aggregated to produce an output ranking order that will be proposed as the participant&#039;s answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display GUI renders the participant ordering with some comparison possibilities, depending on privacy and other participant&#039;s answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** If there is a teacher answer, the participant&#039;s answers are displayed against the teacher answer, with indication of shift amount + a global shift metric. TODO : this shift metric might be reworked and scale to generate an automated evaluative grade.&lt;br /&gt;
** If there is no teacher answer, the ordering of the participant is shown agains an average compilation of all other answers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, but in addition participant can see the table of all other answers with shift indicators, but anonimized.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full view mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; The user can pair-compare his answers with any other nominative user. He will also have access to the global metric and global shift table as a synthesis board.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Categorizing&amp;diff=107624</id>
		<title>Cognitive operator: Categorizing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Categorizing&amp;diff=107624"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:22:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Cognitive Factory Module|Back to index]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operator==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:categorizing_operator.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complexity level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 1 or 2 (2 if categories have to be identified)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Operations=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Operation 1. Make categories from a set of inputs and focussing some requirements. This is done at operator &amp;quot;setup&amp;quot; stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Operation 2. Group items into proposed categories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Help people simplifying the understanding of a lot of dispersed ideas by joining them into categories. This reduction helps people in understanding abstraction and the &amp;quot;class&amp;quot; logical process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the real life, categorizing helps memorization of things by creating mental simplified indexes for storing concepts of facts and sort them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Direct Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Used with children, let pupils learn some taxonomies. An example of scenarion is : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher asks the groupe to collect animals (40 inputs), with the requirement the animals should be as different as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher has prepared the classifications : &lt;br /&gt;
** Fish&lt;br /&gt;
** Birds&lt;br /&gt;
** Insect&lt;br /&gt;
** Mammal&lt;br /&gt;
** Unclassified&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teacher asks pupils to classify given animals into proposed categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let discover the notion of &amp;quot;class&amp;quot; of things&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Implementation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Categories:&#039;&#039;&#039; Categories can be added to the exercice at setup time. Categories will be same set for all participating students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Can choose multiple:&#039;&#039;&#039; If enabled, one input can match several categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Can replay:&#039;&#039;&#039; The participant will be able to update his answers event after feeback has been given&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only for teachers :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Blindness:&#039;&#039;&#039; See [[Cognitive Factory Module]] for complete information about blindness and privacy behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categorize GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Purpose of the categorization : Essentially perform yor own catgorization, with more or less information about the environment answers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Blind mode:&#039; For each input in the input bag, choose an output category (select list, or multiple select).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Semi Blind mode:&#039; Once submitted for the first time, the total values of assignations is given as an indication. In case unique select, this will be a simple mention of the dominating category, with the percentage of choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Full view mode&#039; : Same as above, but trends are visible BEFORE answer is given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;Blind mode:&#039; A summary of the participant answers. If there is a &amp;quot;teacher answer&amp;quot;, provides the teacher answer in comparison, with match/nomatch signalling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Semi Blind mode:&#039; Once submitted for the first time, the total values of assignations is given as an indication. In case unique select, this will be a report about all choices performed but summarized without individual answers, with the percentage of choice per category. If there is a &amp;quot;teacher answer&amp;quot;, provides the teacher answer in comparison, with match/nomatch signalling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Full View mode:&#039; Full view mode gives in addition a possibility to see each match/nomatch detailed comparison : &lt;br /&gt;
**Of the participant answers against each peer answer&lt;br /&gt;
**Of each peer answer and the teacher answers if exists.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Quantifying&amp;diff=107623</id>
		<title>Cognitive operator: Quantifying</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Quantifying&amp;diff=107623"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:22:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Cognitive Factory Module|Back to index]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operator==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:quantifying_operator.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complexity level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a level 2 complexity operator that requires two mental operations : First one is to define a global weighting of an item that is close to a global ordering activity, the second is to affect a specific weight, wich is a detailled decision that involved a neighbourhood examination and analysis (am i sufficiantly far or near this previous or next item).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Operations=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Operation 1 : Assign quantified weights to &amp;quot;things&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final purpose of this operator is to extract from the weighted list some &amp;quot;packs of close or similar things&amp;quot;, that is, use some neighbourhood radius to detect groups of things which weighting value is not so different (and might hide a pseudo-equivalence relation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Direct Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Students are required to input (collectively) a set of ideas, against a defined requirement. The inputs should have some explicit or implicit quantifiable attribute that is the purpose of the exercice.&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher setup the Quantifying operator and defines the neighbourhood distance&lt;br /&gt;
* Students rate the inputs : they can just report some external measurements the could collect on real expérimental field, or process an &amp;quot;estimation&amp;quot; and subjective weighting.&lt;br /&gt;
* Students analyse results of proximity on their results, or compare positionning of items with peers if accessible&lt;br /&gt;
* Students argue and conclude in report&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher gives individual and/or collective feedback and grades&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quantification exercice on a predefinite set of things&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher presets some inputs with a defined idea os some quantification process&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher setup the quantifier operator and makes requirement on how to quantify&lt;br /&gt;
* Students quantify items&lt;br /&gt;
* Students analyse answers and may argue in a side forum&lt;br /&gt;
* Students make report&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher gives feedback and grades&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teacher evaluates student collective inputs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Students are required to collectively input some things&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher setup once done the quantifier operator and tells as requirement how he will quantify&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher quantify items&lt;br /&gt;
* Students analyse answers (teacher answers) and may argue in a side forum. They can use their own process interface to contradict teacher&#039;s evaluation.&lt;br /&gt;
* Students make report complementarily arguing about their contradictions &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher gives feedback and grades&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Operator can be used to demonstrate relativity in the evaluation scales and weighting application. Another outcome is to demonstrate proximity effects that is the apparition of a neglectable difference between things that should lead to join them in the same equivalence class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Implementation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;absolute order:&#039;&#039;&#039; The processing GUI will refuse same value for two distinct inputs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;quantifier type:&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose for integer discrete valuation, float valuation, or valuation using a moodle scale&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;can replay: &#039;&#039;&#039; the operator answers can be modified after first submission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;minimum value: &#039;&#039;&#039; set the lower bound of the valuation range&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;maximum value: &#039;&#039;&#039; set the higher bound of the valuation range&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;moodle scale:&#039;&#039;&#039; chooses the moodle scale that will provide the valuation values&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teacher setup : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;blindness: &#039;&#039;&#039; See [[Cognitive Factory Module]] for complete information about blindness and privacy behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categorize GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Main operation consists in assigning values to inputs. Several GUI principles can be used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Integer data : DHTMLX sliders&lt;br /&gt;
* Floating point data : Text (number fomat) input boxes&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle scales : Dropdown lists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attention might be given to the scalability for long input lists. Usually the weighting should have been prepared before, offline or in previous excel sheets, so input GUi is mostly a registration from. Paged GUI will allow long lists to be splitted into smaller pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode&#039;&#039;&#039; : Users can input their valuation for each input. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-blind mode: &#039;&#039;&#039; Users can see the number of quotes that fall into their own quote and around, regarding the neighbourhood radius. This gives an indication about how many peers do estimate &amp;quot;neer my own estimation&amp;quot;. (providing an arithmetical average would not tell a lot). Peer calculations for a page are provided after the full answers have been given for the page.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full view mode: &#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, but the result is given on value change. (Ajax refresh).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display and results analysis have two main goals : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Display an overview of the position of each input in the valuation range. Render order, relative proximity or distance, and&lt;br /&gt;
* Display the equivalence or pseudo-equivalent classes (relative to neighbourhood detection)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode: &#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** If teacher has given answer, then compares participant&#039;s own result with teacher results. &lt;br /&gt;
** If teache has not given answer, just graph participant results, display for each number of answers in the neighbourhood, and also average position of all answers for each input (this might denote the difference between a local convergence of a minority and an average opinion)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-blind mode: &#039;&#039;&#039; In addition, display an overview (anonymized table table of all discrete answers)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full view mode: &#039;&#039;&#039; Display in addition a mean to compare participant answers to any (named) peer in the audience.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Ordering&amp;diff=107622</id>
		<title>Cognitive operator: Ordering</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Ordering&amp;diff=107622"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:21:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Cognitive Factory Module|Back to index]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operator==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ordering_operator.gif]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complexity level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ordering operator is of complexity 1, as there is only one arrangement action on a linear problem dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Operations=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Operation 1 : Define order of the input set from &amp;quot;LESS&amp;quot; to a &amp;quot;MOST&amp;quot; value of some criteria defined in teacher&#039;s requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A typical exercise that precedes complex decision making is ordering things in a rough, non quantitative &amp;quot;more than&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;less than&amp;quot; feeling applied to inputs. Ordering can be a simple exercice when inputs and requirements match onto a measurable attribute, f.e. : it is simple to order historical facts based on dates. Ordering more &amp;quot;conceptual&amp;quot; predicates that are less related to measurable or valuable (thus comparable) attribute, or that have multiple valuable attributes not clearly related to teacher&#039;s requirement can become a bit hard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Algorithms==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main algorithm in this operator is defining a comparison between two ordering from distinct users, in order to get a quantifiable metric of the divergence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the start point of a usable metric is the algorithm that counts the number of permuations that is needed to start from one ordered list and to reach the other as end point. F.e. say a first student answers A,B,C,D,E, and the second answers B,A,C,D,E. One unique permutation of A,B is necessary to get list 2 from list 1. Say a third student answers F,B,C,D,E, the number of permutation (sum of absolute position shifts of each member) is 12. So here we can say student 3 is further than student 2 from student 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second step for refining metric will consider position in the list 1. Inverting top members of the list, or last members has not the same meaning on decision shift : B,A,C,D,E needs to be closer to A,B,C,D,E than A,B,C,E,D. This is not rendered by our first calculation. We can refine the calculation by multiplying each local shift by the relative weight of the item in the reference user : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Say user 1 is the reference : A,B,C,D,E will be default assigned to weights : 5,4,3,2,1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus shift metric of user 2 is now : 1*5 + 1*4 + 0*3 + 0*2 + 0*1 = 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shift metric of user 3 is now : 0*5 + 0*4 + 0*3 + 1*2 + 1*1 = 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In which we can now say that use 3 is &amp;quot;nearer choice&amp;quot; to user 1 than user 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ordering Operator: More theoretical development on metric model|More theoretical development on metric model]] (to be done)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ref http://www-poleia.lip6.fr/~marcin/papers/Lesot_EGC_09.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Direct Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a direct scenario, the students must order a set of &amp;quot;things&amp;quot; against a requirement the teacher has given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non valuated version&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher provides a set of choosen inputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher setup the exercice and writes requirement (&amp;quot;Order by xxxxx using yyyy&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Student processes order&lt;br /&gt;
* Student checks his own order against the environment (peer trends in semi-blind mode, or direct peer answers in full view mode)&lt;br /&gt;
* Student report about his choice and argue in report&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher gives final feedback to peers or globally&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evaluated version&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher provides a set of choosen inputs&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher setup the exercice and writes requirement (&amp;quot;Order by xxxxx using yyyy&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher makes the &amp;quot;teacher version&amp;quot; of the ordering, standing to the the &amp;quot;good answer&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Student processes order&lt;br /&gt;
* Student checks his order against teacher&#039;s order and get shift evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher feedbacks if required &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a reverse scenario, the teacher needs order a set of proposals given by the students and give feedback about his choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Students collectively input some proposals&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher setup the Ordering operator&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher makes ordering&lt;br /&gt;
* Students observe teacher&#039;s anwers&lt;br /&gt;
* Students can accessorily order themselves as counter submission&lt;br /&gt;
* Student report and argue on teacher&#039;s choice&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher gives final feedback&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Help to discover the concept of &amp;quot;comparable&amp;quot; and what makes things easier to compare when a valuation attribute can be found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Implementation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;absolute order:&#039;&#039;&#039; When absolute order, there is no way to accept some inputs may be equal to other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Can replay:&#039;&#039;&#039; The participant will be able to update his answers event after trends or feedback has been given&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only for teachers :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Blindness:&#039;&#039;&#039; See Cognitive Factory Module for complete information about blindness and privacy behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categorize GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Master part of the GUI is dedicated to let the participant order the list. First model in prototype provides a simple flat table with &#039;up&#039; and &#039;down&#039; controls. This might be not very operable for big lists of more than 10 inputs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TODO : Find a drag&amp;amp;drop method for easier reordering / Find a nice way to handle big lists (30, 50 items)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; The user just orders the items. No trends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; The user orders the items, and is given a global &#039;average&#039; trends about match or no match position of each item (number of choices of this item at the same location / percentage of choices over all given answers of this item at this location). Trends are displayed once one answer is given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full View mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, but the trend is displayed BEFORE first answer is given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====An alternate method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On big lists, or lists of &amp;quot;things&amp;quot; that are not trivially comparable, an alternate method for ordering consists in reducing the global view to a narrower choice (pair comparison) and process locally all comparisons (its usually easier to compare one to one than having to place one item at a definite rank into a list, which cognitively implies a much more complex operation involving global decision).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results of the pair comparison are aggregated to produce an output ranking order that will be proposed as the participant&#039;s answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display GUI renders the participant ordering with some comparison possibilities, depending on privacy and other participant&#039;s answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** If there is a teacher answer, the participant&#039;s answers are displayed against the teacher answer, with indication of shift amount + a global shift metric. TODO : this shift metric might be reworked and scale to generate an automated evaluative grade.&lt;br /&gt;
** If there is no teacher answer, the ordering of the participant is shown agains an average compilation of all other answers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, but in addition participant can see the table of all other answers with shift indicators, but anonimized.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full view mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; The user can pair-compare his answers with any other nominative user. He will also have access to the global metric and global shift table as a synthesis board.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Categorizing&amp;diff=107621</id>
		<title>Cognitive operator: Categorizing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Categorizing&amp;diff=107621"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:21:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Cognitive Factory Module|Back to index]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operator==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:categorizing_operator.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complexity level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 1 or 2 (2 if categories have to be identified)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Operations=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Operation 1. Make categories from a set of inputs and focussing some requirements. This is done at operator &amp;quot;setup&amp;quot; stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Operation 2. Group items into proposed categories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Help people simplifying the understanding of a lot of dispersed ideas by joining them into categories. This reduction helps people in understanding abstraction and the &amp;quot;class&amp;quot; logical process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the real life, categorizing helps memorization of things by creating mental simplified indexes for storing concepts of facts and sort them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Direct Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Used with children, let pupils learn some taxonomies. An example of scenarion is : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher asks the groupe to collect animals (40 inputs), with the requirement the animals should be as different as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher has prepared the classifications : &lt;br /&gt;
** Fish&lt;br /&gt;
** Birds&lt;br /&gt;
** Insect&lt;br /&gt;
** Mammal&lt;br /&gt;
** Unclassified&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teacher asks pupils to classify given animals into proposed categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let discover the notion of &amp;quot;class&amp;quot; of things&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Implementation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Categories:&#039;&#039;&#039; Categories can be added to the exercice at setup time. Categories will be same set for all participating students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Can choose multiple:&#039;&#039;&#039; If enabled, one input can match several categories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Can replay:&#039;&#039;&#039; The participant will be able to update his answers event after feeback has been given&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only for teachers :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Blindness:&#039;&#039;&#039; See Cognitive Factory Module for complete information about blindness and privacy behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categorize GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Purpose of the categorization : Essentially perform yor own catgorization, with more or less information about the environment answers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Blind mode:&#039; For each input in the input bag, choose an output category (select list, or multiple select).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Semi Blind mode:&#039; Once submitted for the first time, the total values of assignations is given as an indication. In case unique select, this will be a simple mention of the dominating category, with the percentage of choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Full view mode&#039; : Same as above, but trends are visible BEFORE answer is given.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;Blind mode:&#039; A summary of the participant answers. If there is a &amp;quot;teacher answer&amp;quot;, provides the teacher answer in comparison, with match/nomatch signalling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Semi Blind mode:&#039; Once submitted for the first time, the total values of assignations is given as an indication. In case unique select, this will be a report about all choices performed but summarized without individual answers, with the percentage of choice per category. If there is a &amp;quot;teacher answer&amp;quot;, provides the teacher answer in comparison, with match/nomatch signalling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Full View mode:&#039; Full view mode gives in addition a possibility to see each match/nomatch detailed comparison : &lt;br /&gt;
**Of the participant answers against each peer answer&lt;br /&gt;
**Of each peer answer and the teacher answers if exists.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Hierarchization&amp;diff=107620</id>
		<title>Cognitive operator: Hierarchization</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Hierarchization&amp;diff=107620"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:20:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Operations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Cognitive Factory Module|Back to index]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operator==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:hierachy_operator.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complexity level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hierarchization operator is known as a fractal complexity level. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Operations=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Arrange ideas in a tree&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tree organisation ask for identifying unique antecedant dependency which results of a non unique resolution of a strict ordering. Hierarchization requires to carefull understand the implicit &amp;quot;classification&amp;quot; mental operation that will conclude in one item being located in a sub branch of a node, thus accepting to belong to this node &#039;sub classes&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Direct Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Students input some ideas upon teacher requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher setup a hierarchization operator with some constraints on tree&lt;br /&gt;
# Students perform the hierarchization&lt;br /&gt;
# Students comare and analize different solutions of peers, or compare to teacher answer as assessment&lt;br /&gt;
# Students argue and report&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher feedbacks individually or collectively and grades&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This exercice can be used to discover the difficulty of organizing semantic taxonomies, that will need&lt;br /&gt;
a unique resolution of ascendance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Implementation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;tree max depth:&#039;&#039;&#039; constraints the number of tree layers the information can be organized on&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;branch max arity:&#039;&#039;&#039; constraints the max number of sons a node can have&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teacher options :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;blindness: &#039;&#039;&#039; See [[Cognitive Factory Module]] for complete information about blindness and privacy behaviour&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hierarchize GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full view mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, but trends are visible before the participant has answered &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes what can be expected as result display and exploration GUI behaviour for each privacy mode (Blind, Semi-blind, Full view / No privacy).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Merely Display GUI are visualizing tools aiming at : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant assess himself against a teacher answer of exists&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to self-position himself in a group (knowing global trends)&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to examine the group answer structure anonimized&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to examine and argue nominatively with peers (full view)&lt;br /&gt;
* Observe and find emerging organisations from the group answers&lt;br /&gt;
* Discover how some cognitive operations work&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=File:hierachy_operator.gif&amp;diff=107619</id>
		<title>File:hierachy operator.gif</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=File:hierachy_operator.gif&amp;diff=107619"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:19:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Hierarchization&amp;diff=107618</id>
		<title>Cognitive operator: Hierarchization</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Hierarchization&amp;diff=107618"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:14:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: Created page with &amp;quot;Back to index  ==Operator==  Image:hierachy_operator.gif  ===Complexity level===  The hierarchization operator is known as a fractal complexit...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Cognitive Factory Module|Back to index]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operator==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:hierachy_operator.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complexity level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hierarchization operator is known as a fractal complexity level. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Operations=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Arrange ideas in tree&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tree organisation ask for identifying unique antecedant dependency which results of a non unique resolution of a strict ordering. Hierarchization requires to carefull understand the implicit &amp;quot;classification&amp;quot; mental operation that will conclude in one item being located in a sub branch of a node, thus accepting to belong to this node &#039;sub classes&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Direct Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Students input some ideas upon teacher requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher setup a hierarchization operator with some constraints on tree&lt;br /&gt;
# Students perform the hierarchization&lt;br /&gt;
# Students comare and analize different solutions of peers, or compare to teacher answer as assessment&lt;br /&gt;
# Students argue and report&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher feedbacks individually or collectively and grades&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This exercice can be used to discover the difficulty of organizing semantic taxonomies, that will need&lt;br /&gt;
a unique resolution of ascendance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Implementation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;tree max depth:&#039;&#039;&#039; constraints the number of tree layers the information can be organized on&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;branch max arity:&#039;&#039;&#039; constraints the max number of sons a node can have&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teacher options :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;blindness: &#039;&#039;&#039; See [[Cognitive Factory Module]] for complete information about blindness and privacy behaviour&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hierarchize GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full view mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, but trends are visible before the participant has answered &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes what can be expected as result display and exploration GUI behaviour for each privacy mode (Blind, Semi-blind, Full view / No privacy).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Merely Display GUI are visualizing tools aiming at : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant assess himself against a teacher answer of exists&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to self-position himself in a group (knowing global trends)&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to examine the group answer structure anonimized&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to examine and argue nominatively with peers (full view)&lt;br /&gt;
* Observe and find emerging organisations from the group answers&lt;br /&gt;
* Discover how some cognitive operations work&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107617</id>
		<title>Cognitive Factory Module</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107617"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:02:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{Note : This is a preliminary documentation in progress, while dev taskforce is working}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory modle is a final rework of the Cognitive Factory prototype designed for Moodle 1.9, subsequently redraw of the Brainstorm module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Basic Concepts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most human skills are often reductible to a set of cognitive primitives that you must be trained on for achieving tasks in the real world. A cognitive primitive is an operation that we can execute on a set of inputs. We talk about cognitive operations when input are ideas or predicates in respect to computational operations where inputs are calculable values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module proposes to exploit those operators to build kind of exercices that cannot be built with standard quizes, as proposing a complex mental operation to be performed, maybe combining several operators in the same exercice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory allows each instance to organize an exercice combining some operators and designing a workflow with those operators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organisation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module is modular and provides a set of cognitive operators that can be extended by developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is organized to run a workflow defined by the teacher, running through 5 steps (plus a final grading step). Each step of the workflow can be assigned to either a student or the teacher which multiplies the flexibility of the Cognitive Factory. When changing such step affectation the global behaviour of the exercice can change and address new pedagogic situations in the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are described the five workable steps of the cognitive exercise process :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 1: Ideas collection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users provide textual predicates (ideas) to the factory. This might be done f.e. during some among of time, before going on next steps. Ideas can be fed in a &amp;quot;single user scope&amp;quot; process (each user bringing ideas in his own space whithout collective visibility) or in a group brainstorm process, sharing ideas with the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 2 : Operations selection and setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once a pool of ideas has been collected, and enough stuff is available to &amp;quot;think&amp;quot; with, some applicable operators have to be choosen in order to build the cognitive exercice. Again, this can (usually) be done by the teacher, but there is sense the learners be asked to make this choice in some activity configuration. At the moment, this choice will be global to the activity instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 3 : Operation execution===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users are asked to use the operators to process the initial set of ideas and propose an output. This outcome is always individual, but might be influenced by less or more information visible over what other people is doing aside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 4 : Outcome display and confrontation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this phase is assumed sufficiant data has been input for results exploitation and matching or non macthing to make sense. The Display phase attemps to give users a panorama over complete responses which scope depends on overal or local privacy settings. The purpose of display layouts is to help some conclusion to emerge from the initial rough set of predicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 5 : Feedback and synthesis===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last activity step that asks to participants to write a motivated synthesis over experimentation and outcoming conslusions. This step is reduced to a simple online text editor where to write report. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra phase : Evaluation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the module is used in an evaluated process, a grade can be elaborated by graders to participate to the gradebook compilation. The evaluation only can be used by teachers (graders). In the evaluation process can a feedback be posted by teachers to users, that will display in the synthesis panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Direct Workflow and Reverse Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will talk about direct workflow not necessarily for a student application to the task, but for the most probable and trivial assignation of the task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example, in a brainstorm activity, the trivial assignation of the first step is asking students to collect ideas. We will call this the direct flow. Operators are usually designed to let students perform the operation that has been cofigured by teachers. We&#039;ll call this the direct flow again. When teacher performs the operator, this will be the reverse flow. There is a master direct flow (what the cognitive factory was initally designed for), and several reverse flows possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Master direct flow&lt;br /&gt;
**Student collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student perform operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Student analyses answer&lt;br /&gt;
**Student reports about observations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student or collectively&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reverse flow (example of)&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Student sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student performs operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher analyses answers&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Working with cognitive puzzles is known being strongly affected by interrationality factors. This means the result of a cognitive exercise will not be the same wether the appliant thinks alone, or is more or less influenced by other people in the neighbourhood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory operators integrate this variation of the exercise objectives, by providing three major configurations regarding privacy of operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;blind&amp;quot;, appliant will have no information at all about the behaviour of peers when processing the operator requirement. They will proceed the operator in a string mono-rationality, without external influence. Some statistics can be accessed on Display phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;semi-blind&amp;quot;, appliants can have some information about the peers attitude, such as global trends, that can affect the answer they give to the puzzle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing in &amp;quot;full view&amp;quot;, the appliant has full information upon the peer results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a global &amp;quot;privacy&amp;quot; switch alters the whole activity behaviour adding one privacy level : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Isolated: &#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants only use and see their own inputs (or teacher&#039;s inputs if the collect phase is assigned to teacher). No access at all to peer results (student inputs), or limited access to global trends (teacher inputs).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants WILL NOT SEE any peer information before having processed the operators once.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Informed:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants CAN SEE trends and statistics before they have processed by their own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two sessions of the same cognitive exercice could easily be setup to demonstrate this effect to students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The privacy beahaviour is summarized by the following tables: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For input collection:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! COLLECT  &lt;br /&gt;
!       &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated &lt;br /&gt;
|   I  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
|   I&amp;gt;C &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed &lt;br /&gt;
|   C   &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I : Individual answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C : Collective (Group or Course)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; : Second operation possible only if first is achieved&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For operator processing :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! PROCESSING &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind  &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|      P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)&amp;gt;T &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(C)+T+A     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P : Processing GUI&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P(I) : Processing only own answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P(C) : Processing all answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T : Trends and audience stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A : Anonimized individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; : Second operation possible only if first is achieved&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For results exploration:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! DISPLAY    &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|    D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| D(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A  &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+F    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D : Display (own results)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D(I) : Display only results on own answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D(C) : Display on all answers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T : Trends and audience stats&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A : Anonimized individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F : Full individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operators==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Description template|Description template]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Categorizing|Categorizing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Ordering|Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Quantifying|Quantifying]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by elimination|Reduction by elimination]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by synthesis|Reduction by synthesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Hierarchization|Hierarchization]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: 2D Mapping|2D Mapping]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Dependencies Analysis|Dependencies Analyis and Searching Cycles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Graphing|Graphing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107616</id>
		<title>Cognitive Factory Module</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107616"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T12:00:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{Note : This is a preliminary documentation in progress, while dev taskforce is working}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory modle is a final rework of the Cognitive Factory prototype designed for Moodle 1.9, subsequently redraw of the Brainstorm module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Basic Concepts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most human skills are often reductible to a set of cognitive primitives that you must be trained on for achieving tasks in the real world. A cognitive primitive is an operation that we can execute on a set of inputs. We talk about cognitive operations when input are ideas or predicates in respect to computational operations where inputs are calculable values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module proposes to exploit those operators to build kind of exercices that cannot be built with standard quizes, as proposing a complex mental operation to be performed, maybe combining several operators in the same exercice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory allows each instance to organize an exercice combining some operators and designing a workflow with those operators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organisation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module is modular and provides a set of cognitive operators that can be extended by developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is organized to run a workflow defined by the teacher, running through 5 steps (plus a final grading step). Each step of the workflow can be assigned to either a student or the teacher which multiplies the flexibility of the Cognitive Factory. When changing such step affectation the global behaviour of the exercice can change and address new pedagogic situations in the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are described the five workable steps of the cognitive exercise process :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 1: Ideas collection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users provide textual predicates (ideas) to the factory. This might be done f.e. during some among of time, before going on next steps. Ideas can be fed in a &amp;quot;single user scope&amp;quot; process (each user bringing ideas in his own space whithout collective visibility) or in a group brainstorm process, sharing ideas with the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 2 : Operations selection and setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once a pool of ideas has been collected, and enough stuff is available to &amp;quot;think&amp;quot; with, some applicable operators have to be choosen in order to build the cognitive exercice. Again, this can (usually) be done by the teacher, but there is sense the learners be asked to make this choice in some activity configuration. At the moment, this choice will be global to the activity instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 3 : Operation execution===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users are asked to use the operators to process the initial set of ideas and propose an output. This outcome is always individual, but might be influenced by less or more information visible over what other people is doing aside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 4 : Outcome display and confrontation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this phase is assumed sufficiant data has been input for results exploitation and matching or non macthing to make sense. The Display phase attemps to give users a panorama over complete responses which scope depends on overal or local privacy settings. The purpose of display layouts is to help some conclusion to emerge from the initial rough set of predicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 5 : Feedback and synthesis===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last activity step that asks to participants to write a motivated synthesis over experimentation and outcoming conslusions. This step is reduced to a simple online text editor where to write report. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra phase : Evaluation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the module is used in an evaluated process, a grade can be elaborated by graders to participate to the gradebook compilation. The evaluation only can be used by teachers (graders). In the evaluation process can a feedback be posted by teachers to users, that will display in the synthesis panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Direct Workflow and Reverse Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will talk about direct workflow not necessarily for a student application to the task, but for the most probable and trivial assignation of the task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example, in a brainstorm activity, the trivial assignation of the first step is asking students to collect ideas. We will call this the direct flow. Operators are usually designed to let students perform the operation that has been cofigured by teachers. We&#039;ll call this the direct flow again. When teacher performs the operator, this will be the reverse flow. There is a master direct flow (what the cognitive factory was initally designed for), and several reverse flows possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Master direct flow&lt;br /&gt;
**Student collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student perform operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Student analyses answer&lt;br /&gt;
**Student reports about observations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student or collectively&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reverse flow (example of)&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Student sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student performs operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher analyses answers&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Working with cognitive puzzles is known being strongly affected by interrationality factors. This means the result of a cognitive exercise will not be the same wether the appliant thinks alone, or is more or less influenced by other people in the neighbourhood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory operators integrate this variation of the exercise objectives, by providing three major configurations regarding privacy of operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;blind&amp;quot;, appliant will have no information at all about the behaviour of peers when processing the operator requirement. They will proceed the operator in a string mono-rationality, without external influence. Some statistics can be accessed on Display phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;semi-blind&amp;quot;, appliants can have some information about the peers attitude, such as global trends, that can affect the answer they give to the puzzle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing in &amp;quot;full view&amp;quot;, the appliant has full information upon the peer results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a global &amp;quot;privacy&amp;quot; switch alters the whole activity behaviour adding one privacy level : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Isolated: &#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants only use and see their own inputs (or teacher&#039;s inputs if the collect phase is assigned to teacher). No access at all to peer results (student inputs), or limited access to global trends (teacher inputs).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants WILL NOT SEE any peer information before having processed the operators once.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Informed:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants CAN SEE trends and statistics before they have processed by their own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two sessions of the same cognitive exercice could easily be setup to demonstrate this effect to students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The privacy beahaviour is summarized by the following tables: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For input collection:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! COLLECT  &lt;br /&gt;
!       &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated &lt;br /&gt;
|   I  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
|   I&amp;gt;C &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed &lt;br /&gt;
|   C   &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
I : Individual answers&lt;br /&gt;
C : Collective (Group or Course)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For operator processing :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! PROCESSING &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind  &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|      P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)&amp;gt;T &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(C)+T+A     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
P : Processing GUI&lt;br /&gt;
P(I) : Processing only own answers&lt;br /&gt;
P(C) : Processing all answers&lt;br /&gt;
T : Trends and audience stats&lt;br /&gt;
A : Anonimized individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For results exploration:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! DISPLAY    &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|    D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| D(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A  &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+F    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
D : Display (own results)&lt;br /&gt;
D(I) : Display only results on own answers&lt;br /&gt;
D(C) : Display on all answers&lt;br /&gt;
T : Trends and audience stats&lt;br /&gt;
A : Anonimized individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
F : Full individual answers table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operators==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Description template|Description template]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Categorizing|Categorizing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Ordering|Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Quantifying|Quantifying]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by elimination|Reduction by elimination]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by synthesis|Reduction by synthesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Hierarchization|Hierarchization]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: 2D Mapping|2D Mapping]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Dependencies Analysis|Dependencies Analyis and Searching Cycles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Graphing|Graphing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107615</id>
		<title>Cognitive Factory Module</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107615"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T11:56:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{Note : This is a preliminary documentation in progress, while dev taskforce is working}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory modle is a final rework of the Cognitive Factory prototype designed for Moodle 1.9, subsequently redraw of the Brainstorm module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Basic Concepts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most human skills are often reductible to a set of cognitive primitives that you must be trained on for achieving tasks in the real world. A cognitive primitive is an operation that we can execute on a set of inputs. We talk about cognitive operations when input are ideas or predicates in respect to computational operations where inputs are calculable values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module proposes to exploit those operators to build kind of exercices that cannot be built with standard quizes, as proposing a complex mental operation to be performed, maybe combining several operators in the same exercice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory allows each instance to organize an exercice combining some operators and designing a workflow with those operators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organisation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module is modular and provides a set of cognitive operators that can be extended by developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is organized to run a workflow defined by the teacher, running through 5 steps (plus a final grading step). Each step of the workflow can be assigned to either a student or the teacher which multiplies the flexibility of the Cognitive Factory. When changing such step affectation the global behaviour of the exercice can change and address new pedagogic situations in the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are described the five workable steps of the cognitive exercise process :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 1: Ideas collection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users provide textual predicates (ideas) to the factory. This might be done f.e. during some among of time, before going on next steps. Ideas can be fed in a &amp;quot;single user scope&amp;quot; process (each user bringing ideas in his own space whithout collective visibility) or in a group brainstorm process, sharing ideas with the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 2 : Operations selection and setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once a pool of ideas has been collected, and enough stuff is available to &amp;quot;think&amp;quot; with, some applicable operators have to be choosen in order to build the cognitive exercice. Again, this can (usually) be done by the teacher, but there is sense the learners be asked to make this choice in some activity configuration. At the moment, this choice will be global to the activity instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 3 : Operation execution===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users are asked to use the operators to process the initial set of ideas and propose an output. This outcome is always individual, but might be influenced by less or more information visible over what other people is doing aside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 4 : Outcome display and confrontation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this phase is assumed sufficiant data has been input for results exploitation and matching or non macthing to make sense. The Display phase attemps to give users a panorama over complete responses which scope depends on overal or local privacy settings. The purpose of display layouts is to help some conclusion to emerge from the initial rough set of predicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 5 : Feedback and synthesis===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last activity step that asks to participants to write a motivated synthesis over experimentation and outcoming conslusions. This step is reduced to a simple online text editor where to write report. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra phase : Evaluation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the module is used in an evaluated process, a grade can be elaborated by graders to participate to the gradebook compilation. The evaluation only can be used by teachers (graders). In the evaluation process can a feedback be posted by teachers to users, that will display in the synthesis panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Direct Workflow and Reverse Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will talk about direct workflow not necessarily for a student application to the task, but for the most probable and trivial assignation of the task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example, in a brainstorm activity, the trivial assignation of the first step is asking students to collect ideas. We will call this the direct flow. Operators are usually designed to let students perform the operation that has been cofigured by teachers. We&#039;ll call this the direct flow again. When teacher performs the operator, this will be the reverse flow. There is a master direct flow (what the cognitive factory was initally designed for), and several reverse flows possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Master direct flow&lt;br /&gt;
**Student collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student perform operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Student analyses answer&lt;br /&gt;
**Student reports about observations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student or collectively&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reverse flow (example of)&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Student sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student performs operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher analyses answers&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Working with cognitive puzzles is known being strongly affected by interrationality factors. This means the result of a cognitive exercise will not be the same wether the appliant thinks alone, or is more or less influenced by other people in the neighbourhood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory operators integrate this variation of the exercise objectives, by providing three major configurations regarding privacy of operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;blind&amp;quot;, appliant will have no information at all about the behaviour of peers when processing the operator requirement. They will proceed the operator in a string mono-rationality, without external influence. Some statistics can be accessed on Display phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;semi-blind&amp;quot;, appliants can have some information about the peers attitude, such as global trends, that can affect the answer they give to the puzzle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing in &amp;quot;full view&amp;quot;, the appliant has full information upon the peer results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a global &amp;quot;privacy&amp;quot; switch alters the whole activity behaviour adding one privacy level : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Isolated: &#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants only use and see their own inputs (or teacher&#039;s inputs if the collect phase is assigned to teacher). No access at all to peer results (student inputs), or limited access to global trends (teacher inputs).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants WILL NOT SEE any peer information before having processed the operators once.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Informed:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants CAN SEE trends and statistics before they have processed by their own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two sessions of the same cognitive exercice could easily be setup to demonstrate this effect to students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The privacy beahaviour is summarized by the following tables: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For input collection:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! COLLECT  &lt;br /&gt;
!       &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated &lt;br /&gt;
|   I  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
|   I&amp;gt;C &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed &lt;br /&gt;
|   C   &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legend:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
For operator processing :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! PROCESSING &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind  &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|      P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)&amp;gt;T &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(C)+T+A     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For results exploration:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! DISPLAY    &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|    D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| D(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A  &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+F    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operators==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Description template|Description template]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Categorizing|Categorizing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Ordering|Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Quantifying|Quantifying]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by elimination|Reduction by elimination]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by synthesis|Reduction by synthesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Hierarchization|Hierarchization]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: 2D Mapping|2D Mapping]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Dependencies Analysis|Dependencies Analyis and Searching Cycles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Graphing|Graphing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107614</id>
		<title>Cognitive Factory Module</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107614"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T11:55:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{Note : This is a preliminary documentation in progress, while dev taskforce is working}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory modle is a final rework of the Cognitive Factory prototype designed for Moodle 1.9, subsequently redraw of the Brainstorm module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Basic Concepts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most human skills are often reductible to a set of cognitive primitives that you must be trained on for achieving tasks in the real world. A cognitive primitive is an operation that we can execute on a set of inputs. We talk about cognitive operations when input are ideas or predicates in respect to computational operations where inputs are calculable values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module proposes to exploit those operators to build kind of exercices that cannot be built with standard quizes, as proposing a complex mental operation to be performed, maybe combining several operators in the same exercice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory allows each instance to organize an exercice combining some operators and designing a workflow with those operators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organisation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module is modular and provides a set of cognitive operators that can be extended by developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is organized to run a workflow defined by the teacher, running through 5 steps (plus a final grading step). Each step of the workflow can be assigned to either a student or the teacher which multiplies the flexibility of the Cognitive Factory. When changing such step affectation the global behaviour of the exercice can change and address new pedagogic situations in the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are described the five workable steps of the cognitive exercise process :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 1: Ideas collection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users provide textual predicates (ideas) to the factory. This might be done f.e. during some among of time, before going on next steps. Ideas can be fed in a &amp;quot;single user scope&amp;quot; process (each user bringing ideas in his own space whithout collective visibility) or in a group brainstorm process, sharing ideas with the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 2 : Operations selection and setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once a pool of ideas has been collected, and enough stuff is available to &amp;quot;think&amp;quot; with, some applicable operators have to be choosen in order to build the cognitive exercice. Again, this can (usually) be done by the teacher, but there is sense the learners be asked to make this choice in some activity configuration. At the moment, this choice will be global to the activity instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 3 : Operation execution===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users are asked to use the operators to process the initial set of ideas and propose an output. This outcome is always individual, but might be influenced by less or more information visible over what other people is doing aside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 4 : Outcome display and confrontation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this phase is assumed sufficiant data has been input for results exploitation and matching or non macthing to make sense. The Display phase attemps to give users a panorama over complete responses which scope depends on overal or local privacy settings. The purpose of display layouts is to help some conclusion to emerge from the initial rough set of predicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 5 : Feedback and synthesis===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last activity step that asks to participants to write a motivated synthesis over experimentation and outcoming conslusions. This step is reduced to a simple online text editor where to write report. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra phase : Evaluation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the module is used in an evaluated process, a grade can be elaborated by graders to participate to the gradebook compilation. The evaluation only can be used by teachers (graders). In the evaluation process can a feedback be posted by teachers to users, that will display in the synthesis panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Direct Workflow and Reverse Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will talk about direct workflow not necessarily for a student application to the task, but for the most probable and trivial assignation of the task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example, in a brainstorm activity, the trivial assignation of the first step is asking students to collect ideas. We will call this the direct flow. Operators are usually designed to let students perform the operation that has been cofigured by teachers. We&#039;ll call this the direct flow again. When teacher performs the operator, this will be the reverse flow. There is a master direct flow (what the cognitive factory was initally designed for), and several reverse flows possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Master direct flow&lt;br /&gt;
**Student collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student perform operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Student analyses answer&lt;br /&gt;
**Student reports about observations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student or collectively&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reverse flow (example of)&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Student sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student performs operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher analyses answers&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Working with cognitive puzzles is known being strongly affected by interrationality factors. This means the result of a cognitive exercise will not be the same wether the appliant thinks alone, or is more or less influenced by other people in the neighbourhood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory operators integrate this variation of the exercise objectives, by providing three major configurations regarding privacy of operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;blind&amp;quot;, appliant will have no information at all about the behaviour of peers when processing the operator requirement. They will proceed the operator in a string mono-rationality, without external influence. Some statistics can be accessed on Display phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;semi-blind&amp;quot;, appliants can have some information about the peers attitude, such as global trends, that can affect the answer they give to the puzzle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing in &amp;quot;full view&amp;quot;, the appliant has full information upon the peer results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a global &amp;quot;privacy&amp;quot; switch alters the whole activity behaviour adding one privacy level : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Isolated: &#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants only use and see their own inputs (or teacher&#039;s inputs if the collect phase is assigned to teacher). No access at all to peer results (student inputs), or limited access to global trends (teacher inputs).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants WILL NOT SEE any peer information before having processed the operators once.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Informed:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants CAN SEE trends and statistics before they have processed by their own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two sessions of the same cognitive exercice could easily be setup to demonstrate this effect to students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The privacy beahaviour is summarized by the following tables: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For input collection:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! COLLECT  &lt;br /&gt;
!       &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated &lt;br /&gt;
|   I  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
|   I&amp;gt;C &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed &lt;br /&gt;
|   C   &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For operator processing :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! PROCESSING &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind  &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|      P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)&amp;gt;T   &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
| P(C)&amp;gt;T &lt;br /&gt;
|   P(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  P(C)+T+A     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For results exploration:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! DISPLAY    &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|    D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
| D(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+A  &lt;br /&gt;
|  D(C)+F    &lt;br /&gt;
|   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operators==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Description template|Description template]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Categorizing|Categorizing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Ordering|Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Quantifying|Quantifying]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by elimination|Reduction by elimination]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by synthesis|Reduction by synthesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Hierarchization|Hierarchization]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: 2D Mapping|2D Mapping]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Dependencies Analysis|Dependencies Analyis and Searching Cycles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Graphing|Graphing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107613</id>
		<title>Cognitive Factory Module</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107613"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T11:53:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{Note : This is a preliminary documentation in progress, while dev taskforce is working}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory modle is a final rework of the Cognitive Factory prototype designed for Moodle 1.9, subsequently redraw of the Brainstorm module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Basic Concepts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most human skills are often reductible to a set of cognitive primitives that you must be trained on for achieving tasks in the real world. A cognitive primitive is an operation that we can execute on a set of inputs. We talk about cognitive operations when input are ideas or predicates in respect to computational operations where inputs are calculable values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module proposes to exploit those operators to build kind of exercices that cannot be built with standard quizes, as proposing a complex mental operation to be performed, maybe combining several operators in the same exercice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory allows each instance to organize an exercice combining some operators and designing a workflow with those operators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organisation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module is modular and provides a set of cognitive operators that can be extended by developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is organized to run a workflow defined by the teacher, running through 5 steps (plus a final grading step). Each step of the workflow can be assigned to either a student or the teacher which multiplies the flexibility of the Cognitive Factory. When changing such step affectation the global behaviour of the exercice can change and address new pedagogic situations in the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are described the five workable steps of the cognitive exercise process :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 1: Ideas collection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users provide textual predicates (ideas) to the factory. This might be done f.e. during some among of time, before going on next steps. Ideas can be fed in a &amp;quot;single user scope&amp;quot; process (each user bringing ideas in his own space whithout collective visibility) or in a group brainstorm process, sharing ideas with the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 2 : Operations selection and setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once a pool of ideas has been collected, and enough stuff is available to &amp;quot;think&amp;quot; with, some applicable operators have to be choosen in order to build the cognitive exercice. Again, this can (usually) be done by the teacher, but there is sense the learners be asked to make this choice in some activity configuration. At the moment, this choice will be global to the activity instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 3 : Operation execution===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users are asked to use the operators to process the initial set of ideas and propose an output. This outcome is always individual, but might be influenced by less or more information visible over what other people is doing aside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 4 : Outcome display and confrontation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this phase is assumed sufficiant data has been input for results exploitation and matching or non macthing to make sense. The Display phase attemps to give users a panorama over complete responses which scope depends on overal or local privacy settings. The purpose of display layouts is to help some conclusion to emerge from the initial rough set of predicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 5 : Feedback and synthesis===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last activity step that asks to participants to write a motivated synthesis over experimentation and outcoming conslusions. This step is reduced to a simple online text editor where to write report. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra phase : Evaluation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the module is used in an evaluated process, a grade can be elaborated by graders to participate to the gradebook compilation. The evaluation only can be used by teachers (graders). In the evaluation process can a feedback be posted by teachers to users, that will display in the synthesis panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Direct Workflow and Reverse Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will talk about direct workflow not necessarily for a student application to the task, but for the most probable and trivial assignation of the task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example, in a brainstorm activity, the trivial assignation of the first step is asking students to collect ideas. We will call this the direct flow. Operators are usually designed to let students perform the operation that has been cofigured by teachers. We&#039;ll call this the direct flow again. When teacher performs the operator, this will be the reverse flow. There is a master direct flow (what the cognitive factory was initally designed for), and several reverse flows possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Master direct flow&lt;br /&gt;
**Student collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student perform operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Student analyses answer&lt;br /&gt;
**Student reports about observations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student or collectively&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reverse flow (example of)&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Student sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student performs operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher analyses answers&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Working with cognitive puzzles is known being strongly affected by interrationality factors. This means the result of a cognitive exercise will not be the same wether the appliant thinks alone, or is more or less influenced by other people in the neighbourhood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory operators integrate this variation of the exercise objectives, by providing three major configurations regarding privacy of operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;blind&amp;quot;, appliant will have no information at all about the behaviour of peers when processing the operator requirement. They will proceed the operator in a string mono-rationality, without external influence. Some statistics can be accessed on Display phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;semi-blind&amp;quot;, appliants can have some information about the peers attitude, such as global trends, that can affect the answer they give to the puzzle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing in &amp;quot;full view&amp;quot;, the appliant has full information upon the peer results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a global &amp;quot;privacy&amp;quot; switch alters the whole activity behaviour adding one privacy level : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Isolated: &#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants only use and see their own inputs (or teacher&#039;s inputs if the collect phase is assigned to teacher). No access at all to peer results (student inputs), or limited access to global trends (teacher inputs).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants WILL NOT SEE any peer information before having processed the operators once.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Informed:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants CAN SEE trends and statistics before they have processed by their own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two sessions of the same cognitive exercice could easily be setup to demonstrate this effect to students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The privacy beahaviour is summaried by the following tables : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! COLLECT  &lt;br /&gt;
!       &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated &lt;br /&gt;
!   I  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
!   I&amp;gt;C &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed &lt;br /&gt;
!   C   &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! PROCESSING &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind  &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
!  P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
!      P(I)  &lt;br /&gt;
!   P(C)&amp;gt;T    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
! P(C)   &lt;br /&gt;
!   P(C)&amp;gt;T   &lt;br /&gt;
!   P(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
! P(C)&amp;gt;T &lt;br /&gt;
!   P(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
!  P(C)+T+A     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! DISPLAY    &lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    &lt;br /&gt;
! Semi-Blind &lt;br /&gt;
! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   &lt;br /&gt;
!  D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
!    D(I)    &lt;br /&gt;
!   D(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      &lt;br /&gt;
! D(C)+T   &lt;br /&gt;
!  D(C)+A    &lt;br /&gt;
!   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   &lt;br /&gt;
!  D(C)+A  &lt;br /&gt;
!  D(C)+F    &lt;br /&gt;
!   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operators==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Description template|Description template]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Categorizing|Categorizing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Ordering|Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Quantifying|Quantifying]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by elimination|Reduction by elimination]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by synthesis|Reduction by synthesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Hierarchization|Hierarchization]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: 2D Mapping|2D Mapping]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Dependencies Analysis|Dependencies Analyis and Searching Cycles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Graphing|Graphing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107612</id>
		<title>Cognitive Factory Module</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107612"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T11:51:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{Note : This is a preliminary documentation in progress, while dev taskforce is working}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory modle is a final rework of the Cognitive Factory prototype designed for Moodle 1.9, subsequently redraw of the Brainstorm module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Basic Concepts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most human skills are often reductible to a set of cognitive primitives that you must be trained on for achieving tasks in the real world. A cognitive primitive is an operation that we can execute on a set of inputs. We talk about cognitive operations when input are ideas or predicates in respect to computational operations where inputs are calculable values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module proposes to exploit those operators to build kind of exercices that cannot be built with standard quizes, as proposing a complex mental operation to be performed, maybe combining several operators in the same exercice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory allows each instance to organize an exercice combining some operators and designing a workflow with those operators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organisation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module is modular and provides a set of cognitive operators that can be extended by developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is organized to run a workflow defined by the teacher, running through 5 steps (plus a final grading step). Each step of the workflow can be assigned to either a student or the teacher which multiplies the flexibility of the Cognitive Factory. When changing such step affectation the global behaviour of the exercice can change and address new pedagogic situations in the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are described the five workable steps of the cognitive exercise process :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 1: Ideas collection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users provide textual predicates (ideas) to the factory. This might be done f.e. during some among of time, before going on next steps. Ideas can be fed in a &amp;quot;single user scope&amp;quot; process (each user bringing ideas in his own space whithout collective visibility) or in a group brainstorm process, sharing ideas with the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 2 : Operations selection and setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once a pool of ideas has been collected, and enough stuff is available to &amp;quot;think&amp;quot; with, some applicable operators have to be choosen in order to build the cognitive exercice. Again, this can (usually) be done by the teacher, but there is sense the learners be asked to make this choice in some activity configuration. At the moment, this choice will be global to the activity instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 3 : Operation execution===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users are asked to use the operators to process the initial set of ideas and propose an output. This outcome is always individual, but might be influenced by less or more information visible over what other people is doing aside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 4 : Outcome display and confrontation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this phase is assumed sufficiant data has been input for results exploitation and matching or non macthing to make sense. The Display phase attemps to give users a panorama over complete responses which scope depends on overal or local privacy settings. The purpose of display layouts is to help some conclusion to emerge from the initial rough set of predicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 5 : Feedback and synthesis===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last activity step that asks to participants to write a motivated synthesis over experimentation and outcoming conslusions. This step is reduced to a simple online text editor where to write report. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra phase : Evaluation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the module is used in an evaluated process, a grade can be elaborated by graders to participate to the gradebook compilation. The evaluation only can be used by teachers (graders). In the evaluation process can a feedback be posted by teachers to users, that will display in the synthesis panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Direct Workflow and Reverse Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will talk about direct workflow not necessarily for a student application to the task, but for the most probable and trivial assignation of the task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example, in a brainstorm activity, the trivial assignation of the first step is asking students to collect ideas. We will call this the direct flow. Operators are usually designed to let students perform the operation that has been cofigured by teachers. We&#039;ll call this the direct flow again. When teacher performs the operator, this will be the reverse flow. There is a master direct flow (what the cognitive factory was initally designed for), and several reverse flows possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Master direct flow&lt;br /&gt;
**Student collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student perform operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Student analyses answer&lt;br /&gt;
**Student reports about observations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student or collectively&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reverse flow (example of)&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Student sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student performs operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher analyses answers&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Working with cognitive puzzles is known being strongly affected by interrationality factors. This means the result of a cognitive exercise will not be the same wether the appliant thinks alone, or is more or less influenced by other people in the neighbourhood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory operators integrate this variation of the exercise objectives, by providing three major configurations regarding privacy of operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;blind&amp;quot;, appliant will have no information at all about the behaviour of peers when processing the operator requirement. They will proceed the operator in a string mono-rationality, without external influence. Some statistics can be accessed on Display phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;semi-blind&amp;quot;, appliants can have some information about the peers attitude, such as global trends, that can affect the answer they give to the puzzle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing in &amp;quot;full view&amp;quot;, the appliant has full information upon the peer results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a global &amp;quot;privacy&amp;quot; switch alters the whole activity behaviour adding one privacy level : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Isolated: &#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants only use and see their own inputs (or teacher&#039;s inputs if the collect phase is assigned to teacher). No access at all to peer results (student inputs), or limited access to global trends (teacher inputs).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants WILL NOT SEE any peer information before having processed the operators once.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Informed:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants CAN SEE trends and statistics before they have processed by their own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two sessions of the same cognitive exercice could easily be setup to demonstrate this effect to students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The privacy beahaviour is summaried by the following tables : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! COLLECT  !       ! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated !   I   !&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind    !   I&amp;gt;C !&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed !   C   !&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! PROCESSING ! Blind  ! Semi-Blind ! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   !  P(I)  !      P(I)  !   P(C)&amp;gt;T    &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      ! P(C)   !   P(C)&amp;gt;T   !   P(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   ! P(C)&amp;gt;T !   P(C)+T   !  P(C)+T+A     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! DISPLAY    ! Blind    ! Semi-Blind ! Full view &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Isolated   !  D(I)    !    D(I)    !   D(C)+T     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blind      ! D(C)+T   !  D(C)+A    !   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Informed   !  D(C)+A  !  D(C)+F    !   D(C)+F     &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operators==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Description template|Description template]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Categorizing|Categorizing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Ordering|Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Quantifying|Quantifying]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by elimination|Reduction by elimination]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by synthesis|Reduction by synthesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Hierarchization|Hierarchization]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: 2D Mapping|2D Mapping]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Dependencies Analysis|Dependencies Analyis and Searching Cycles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Graphing|Graphing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Reduction_by_synthesis&amp;diff=107611</id>
		<title>Cognitive operator: Reduction by synthesis</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Reduction_by_synthesis&amp;diff=107611"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T11:19:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Categorize GUI */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Cognitive Factory Module|Back to index]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operator==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:merge_operator.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complexity level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Complexity level of this operator is fractal, between 1 and 2, as this is a reduction of set to a smaller scale, while keeping the global meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Operations=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Choose inputs that can be worked together for a reduction.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Choose one of the inputs as significant synthesis, or propose a new predicate as merged input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reduction of a large set of input not always can be solved by simple elimination, as some valuable information can exist in less pregnant inputs. The merge operator let eliminate surnumerous inputs, while offerign a way to draw a merged input and keep vlauable information from ideas that will be discarded by the way. This exercice is typical when summmarizing texts or meeting notes and try to keep the essential value of a big mass of information that cannot be handled reasonabiliy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The operator provides an explicit tool to do this summarizing operation, with adjustable constraints.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Direct Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Students brainstorm and add collectively predicates&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher enables and setup a merge operator, with rest to reduce inputs to some definite number&lt;br /&gt;
# Students operate separately the merge on their own merging board&lt;br /&gt;
# Students observe and analyse other&#039;s ideas&lt;br /&gt;
# Student report and argue about what can be valuable&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher feedbacks and grades.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario would be likely completed with a collective final Wiki to produce a final version, collectively agreed&lt;br /&gt;
of the summary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse Workflow Example===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher setup inputs to be reduced by students&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher enables and setup a merge operator, with rest to reduce inputs to some definite number&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher merges as a teacher answer&lt;br /&gt;
# Students operate separately the merge on their own merging board&lt;br /&gt;
# Students report about their merge, explaining and justifying&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher analyses work, by displaying pair match or global view&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher feedbacks collectively or individually and grades.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operator can allow teacher to explain the techniques that operate when identifying ideas that could be merged (similarities, redundancy) and can explain how predicates give or not additional informatoin. Teacher can also demonstrate how a merge can be processed as a common cognitive technique to reduce things to essential while having a chance to keep all what is valuable in each original input set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Implementation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;number of output:&#039;&#039;&#039; The number of final predicates that must be obtained by reduction.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;allow source reduction:&#039;&#039;&#039; If allowed, students can use the result of one merge to reduce the original source set back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teacher options &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;blindness:&#039;&#039;&#039; Defines the privacy level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categorize GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main GUI is dedicated to process to source reduction, by assigning some input ideas to a merge group and choose the merge output for the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; The user will not have any information about the environment. (forced by Isolated global privacy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; The GUI adds for each input its preselection statistics from all other peers. The total amount of &amp;quot;new predicates&amp;quot; is also mentionned. Statistics are shown after the participant&#039;s merge is done. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full view mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, but answer statistics are shown also before participant has answered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** If teacher has answered, then a pair comparison to teacher&#039; choise is shown as assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
** If teacher has not answered, the result of merge is shown, with statistics upon the environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, with statistics (number of choices as output, new predicates amount). In addition, an anonymized table of individual results with matching indicators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full view:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, but the global table of results is not anonymized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Large audience effect : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the audience becomes too large, the global result tables need to be sliced into pages.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107610</id>
		<title>Cognitive Factory Module</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_Factory_Module&amp;diff=107610"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T10:31:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{Note : This is a preliminary documentation in progress, while dev taskforce is working}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory modle is a final rework of the Cognitive Factory prototype designed for Moodle 1.9, subsequently redraw of the Brainstorm module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Basic Concepts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most human skills are often reductible to a set of cognitive primitives that you must be trained on for achieving tasks in the real world. A cognitive primitive is an operation that we can execute on a set of inputs. We talk about cognitive operations when input are ideas or predicates in respect to computational operations where inputs are calculable values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module proposes to exploit those operators to build kind of exercices that cannot be built with standard quizes, as proposing a complex mental operation to be performed, maybe combining several operators in the same exercice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory allows each instance to organize an exercice combining some operators and designing a workflow with those operators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Organisation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory module is modular and provides a set of cognitive operators that can be extended by developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Exercise Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The module is organized to run a workflow defined by the teacher, running through 5 steps (plus a final grading step). Each step of the workflow can be assigned to either a student or the teacher which multiplies the flexibility of the Cognitive Factory. When changing such step affectation the global behaviour of the exercice can change and address new pedagogic situations in the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are described the five workable steps of the cognitive exercise process :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 1: Ideas collection===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users provide textual predicates (ideas) to the factory. This might be done f.e. during some among of time, before going on next steps. Ideas can be fed in a &amp;quot;single user scope&amp;quot; process (each user bringing ideas in his own space whithout collective visibility) or in a group brainstorm process, sharing ideas with the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 2 : Operations selection and setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once a pool of ideas has been collected, and enough stuff is available to &amp;quot;think&amp;quot; with, some applicable operators have to be choosen in order to build the cognitive exercice. Again, this can (usually) be done by the teacher, but there is sense the learners be asked to make this choice in some activity configuration. At the moment, this choice will be global to the activity instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 3 : Operation execution===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users are asked to use the operators to process the initial set of ideas and propose an output. This outcome is always individual, but might be influenced by less or more information visible over what other people is doing aside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 4 : Outcome display and confrontation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this phase is assumed sufficiant data has been input for results exploitation and matching or non macthing to make sense. The Display phase attemps to give users a panorama over complete responses which scope depends on overal or local privacy settings. The purpose of display layouts is to help some conclusion to emerge from the initial rough set of predicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phase 5 : Feedback and synthesis===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last activity step that asks to participants to write a motivated synthesis over experimentation and outcoming conslusions. This step is reduced to a simple online text editor where to write report. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra phase : Evaluation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the module is used in an evaluated process, a grade can be elaborated by graders to participate to the gradebook compilation. The evaluation only can be used by teachers (graders). In the evaluation process can a feedback be posted by teachers to users, that will display in the synthesis panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Direct Workflow and Reverse Workflow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will talk about direct workflow not necessarily for a student application to the task, but for the most probable and trivial assignation of the task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example, in a brainstorm activity, the trivial assignation of the first step is asking students to collect ideas. We will call this the direct flow. Operators are usually designed to let students perform the operation that has been cofigured by teachers. We&#039;ll call this the direct flow again. When teacher performs the operator, this will be the reverse flow. There is a master direct flow (what the cognitive factory was initally designed for), and several reverse flows possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Master direct flow&lt;br /&gt;
**Student collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student perform operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Student analyses answer&lt;br /&gt;
**Student reports about observations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student or collectively&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reverse flow (example of)&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher collects&lt;br /&gt;
**Student sets up operators (defines work)&lt;br /&gt;
**Student performs operations&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher analyses answers&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher feedacks to student&lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher grades work done&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pedagogic situations regarding results privacy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Working with cognitive puzzles is known being strongly affected by interrationality factors. This means the result of a cognitive exercise will not be the same wether the appliant thinks alone, or is more or less influenced by other people in the neighbourhood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Cognitive Factory operators integrate this variation of the exercise objectives, by providing three major configurations regarding privacy of operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;blind&amp;quot;, appliant will have no information at all about the behaviour of peers when processing the operator requirement. They will proceed the operator in a string mono-rationality, without external influence. Some statistics can be accessed on Display phase. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing operators as &amp;quot;semi-blind&amp;quot;, appliants can have some information about the peers attitude, such as global trends, that can affect the answer they give to the puzzle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When executing in &amp;quot;full view&amp;quot;, the appliant has full information upon the peer results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a global &amp;quot;privacy&amp;quot; switch alters the whole activity behaviour adding one privacy level : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Isolated: &#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants only use and see their own inputs (or teacher&#039;s inputs if the collect phase is assigned to teacher). No access at all to peer results (student inputs), or limited access to global trends (teacher inputs).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants WILL NOT SEE any peer information before having processed the operators once.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Informed:&#039;&#039;&#039; Appliants play with all inputs. Appliants CAN SEE trends and statistics before they have processed by their own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two sessions of the same cognitive exercice could easily be setup to demonstrate this effect to students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operators==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Description template|Description template]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Categorizing|Categorizing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Ordering|Ordering]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Quantifying|Quantifying]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by elimination|Reduction by elimination]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Reduction by synthesis|Reduction by synthesis]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Hierarchization|Hierarchization]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: 2D Mapping|2D Mapping]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Dependencies Analysis|Dependencies Analyis and Searching Cycles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cognitive operator: Graphing|Graphing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Reduction_by_synthesis&amp;diff=107609</id>
		<title>Cognitive operator: Reduction by synthesis</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Reduction_by_synthesis&amp;diff=107609"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T10:20:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Display GUI */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Cognitive Factory Module|Back to index]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operator==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:merge_operator.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complexity level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Complexity level of this operator is fractal, between 1 and 2, as this is a reduction of set to a smaller scale, while keeping the global meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Operations=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Choose inputs that can be worked together for a reduction.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Choose one of the inputs as significant synthesis, or propose a new predicate as merged input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reduction of a large set of input not always can be solved by simple elimination, as some valuable information can exist in less pregnant inputs. The merge operator let eliminate surnumerous inputs, while offerign a way to draw a merged input and keep vlauable information from ideas that will be discarded by the way. This exercice is typical when summmarizing texts or meeting notes and try to keep the essential value of a big mass of information that cannot be handled reasonabiliy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The operator provides an explicit tool to do this summarizing operation, with adjustable constraints.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Direct Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Students brainstorm and add collectively predicates&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher enables and setup a merge operator, with rest to reduce inputs to some definite number&lt;br /&gt;
# Students operate separately the merge on their own merging board&lt;br /&gt;
# Students observe and analyse other&#039;s ideas&lt;br /&gt;
# Student report and argue about what can be valuable&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher feedbacks and grades.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario would be likely completed with a collective final Wiki to produce a final version, collectively agreed&lt;br /&gt;
of the summary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse Workflow Example===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher setup inputs to be reduced by students&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher enables and setup a merge operator, with rest to reduce inputs to some definite number&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher merges as a teacher answer&lt;br /&gt;
# Students operate separately the merge on their own merging board&lt;br /&gt;
# Students report about their merge, explaining and justifying&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher analyses work, by displaying pair match or global view&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher feedbacks collectively or individually and grades.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operator can allow teacher to explain the techniques that operate when identifying ideas that could be merged (similarities, redundancy) and can explain how predicates give or not additional informatoin. Teacher can also demonstrate how a merge can be processed as a common cognitive technique to reduce things to essential while having a chance to keep all what is valuable in each original input set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Implementation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;number of output:&#039;&#039;&#039; The number of final predicates that must be obtained by reduction.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;allow source reduction:&#039;&#039;&#039; If allowed, students can use the result of one merge to reduce the original source set back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teacher options &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;blindness:&#039;&#039;&#039; Defines the privacy level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categorize GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main GUI is dedicated to process to source reduction, by assigning some input ideas to a merge group and choose the merge output for the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; The user will not have any information about the environment. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; The GUI adds for each input the amount of preselections in the final output of peer answers. The total amount of &amp;quot;new predicates&amp;quot; is also mentionned. Statistics are shown after the participant&#039;s merge is done. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full view mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, but answer statistics are shown also before participant has answered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
** If teacher has answered, then a pair comparison to teacher&#039; choise is shown as assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
** If teacher has not answered, the result of merge is shown, with statistics upon the environment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, with statistics (number of choices as output, new predicates amount). In addition, an anonymized table of individual results with matching indicators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full view:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, but the global table of results is not anonymized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Large audience effect : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the audience becomes too large, the global result tables need to be sliced into pages.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Reduction_by_synthesis&amp;diff=107608</id>
		<title>Cognitive operator: Reduction by synthesis</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/index.php?title=Cognitive_operator:_Reduction_by_synthesis&amp;diff=107608"/>
		<updated>2014-02-16T10:12:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Valeryf: /* Categorize GUI */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Cognitive Factory Module|Back to index]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Operator==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:merge_operator.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Complexity level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Complexity level of this operator is fractal, between 1 and 2, as this is a reduction of set to a smaller scale, while keeping the global meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Operations=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Choose inputs that can be worked together for a reduction.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Choose one of the inputs as significant synthesis, or propose a new predicate as merged input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reduction of a large set of input not always can be solved by simple elimination, as some valuable information can exist in less pregnant inputs. The merge operator let eliminate surnumerous inputs, while offerign a way to draw a merged input and keep vlauable information from ideas that will be discarded by the way. This exercice is typical when summmarizing texts or meeting notes and try to keep the essential value of a big mass of information that cannot be handled reasonabiliy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The operator provides an explicit tool to do this summarizing operation, with adjustable constraints.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Direct Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Students brainstorm and add collectively predicates&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher enables and setup a merge operator, with rest to reduce inputs to some definite number&lt;br /&gt;
# Students operate separately the merge on their own merging board&lt;br /&gt;
# Students observe and analyse other&#039;s ideas&lt;br /&gt;
# Student report and argue about what can be valuable&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher feedbacks and grades.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This scenario would be likely completed with a collective final Wiki to produce a final version, collectively agreed&lt;br /&gt;
of the summary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse Workflow Example===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher setup inputs to be reduced by students&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher enables and setup a merge operator, with rest to reduce inputs to some definite number&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher merges as a teacher answer&lt;br /&gt;
# Students operate separately the merge on their own merging board&lt;br /&gt;
# Students report about their merge, explaining and justifying&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher analyses work, by displaying pair match or global view&lt;br /&gt;
# Teacher feedbacks collectively or individually and grades.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Meta Workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This operator can allow teacher to explain the techniques that operate when identifying ideas that could be merged (similarities, redundancy) and can explain how predicates give or not additional informatoin. Teacher can also demonstrate how a merge can be processed as a common cognitive technique to reduce things to essential while having a chance to keep all what is valuable in each original input set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Implementation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;number of output:&#039;&#039;&#039; The number of final predicates that must be obtained by reduction.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;allow source reduction:&#039;&#039;&#039; If allowed, students can use the result of one merge to reduce the original source set back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teacher options &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;blindness:&#039;&#039;&#039; Defines the privacy level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categorize GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main GUI is dedicated to process to source reduction, by assigning some input ideas to a merge group and choose the merge output for the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; The user will not have any information about the environment. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-blind mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; The GUI adds for each input the amount of preselections in the final output of peer answers. The total amount of &amp;quot;new predicates&amp;quot; is also mentionned. Statistics are shown after the participant&#039;s merge is done. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Full view mode:&#039;&#039;&#039; Same as above, but answer statistics are shown also before participant has answered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display GUI===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describes what can be expected as result display and exploration GUI behaviour for each privacy mode (Blind, Semi-blind, Full view / No privacy).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Merely Display GUI are visualizing tools aiming at : &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant assess himself against a teacher answer of exists&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to self-position himself in a group (knowing global trends)&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to examine the group answer structure anonimized&lt;br /&gt;
* Help participant to examine and argue nominatively with peers (full view)&lt;br /&gt;
* Observe and find emerging organisations from the group answers&lt;br /&gt;
* Discover how some cognitive operations work&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Valeryf</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>